Adobe After Effects CS3 Professional - Scripting Guide

SCRIPTING GUIDE
© Copyright 2007 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved.

Adobe® Creative Suite 3 After Effects® Scripting Guide
NOTICE: All information contained herein is the property of Adobe Systems Incorporated. No part of this publication (whether in hardcopy or
electronic form) may be reproduced or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or
otherwise, without the prior written consent of Adobe Systems Incorporated. The software described in this document is furnished under
license and may only be used or copied in accordance with the terms of such license.
This publication and the information herein is furnished AS IS, is subject to change without notice, and should not be construed as a
commitment by Adobe Systems Incorporated. Adobe Systems Incorporated assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or
inaccuracies, makes no warranty of any kind (express, implied, or statutory) with respect to this publication, and expressly disclaims any and
all warranties of merchantability, fitness for particular purposes, and noninfringement of third party rights.
Any references to company names in sample templates are for demonstration purposes only and are not intended to refer to any actual
organization.
Adobe, the Adobe logo, After Effects, Photoshop, and Bridge are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated
in the United States and/or other countries.
Apple, Mac, Macintosh, and Mac OS are trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc., registered in the United States and other countries. Microsoft,
and Windows are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries. JavaScript
and all Java-related marks are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and other countries. UNIX is
a registered trademark of The Open Group.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
If this guide is distributed with software that includes an end user agreement, this guide, as well as the software described in it, is furnished
under license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. Except as permitted by any such license, no part
of this guide may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, recording,
or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Adobe Systems Incorporated. Please note that the content in this guide is protected
under copyright law even if it is not distributed with software that includes an end user license agreement.
The content of this guide is furnished for informational use only, is subject to change without notice, and should not be construed as a
commitment by Adobe Systems Incorporated. Adobe Systems Incorporated assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or
inaccuracies that may appear in the informational content contained in this guide.
Adobe Systems Incorporated, 345 Park Avenue, San Jose, California 95110, USA.
Overview
The After Effects Scripting Guide demonstrates how to take procedural control of your After Effects projects via
scripting. This feature set is available in Adobe® After Effects® CS3 Professional Edition.
With the use of system-level scripting, you can streamline your render pipeline and avoid a lot of repetitive
pointing and clicking. If you have used expressions or other JavaScript-like techniques for animating, or
worked with system scripting in AppleScript or Visual Basic, you will recognize the power of application
scripting in After Effects. With some practice, and with sufficient experience using the JavaScript language, you
can take control of your graphics pipeline.
If you are new to scripting

After Effects is a visual tool with a graphical user interface; you are used to interacting with it via interface
elements such as menus, panels, and icons. For the most part, this is the most accessible way to work. Scripting
is designed for situations in which this methodology involves tedious repetition or painstaking searching and
sorting that could be automated. Scripting can be a shortcut around tedious tasks that would otherwise involve
repetitious pointing and clicking. It is also useful for leveraging the power of networked rendering in situations
where Watch Folder is less powerful (and less convenient to set up). See “Examples” on page 173 for examples
of what scripts can do.
If you are new to scripting, see Adobe Introduction to Scripting, which introduces basic scripting concepts and
describes different scripting languages that are available, including JavaScript. JavaScript and other scripting
languages are object-oriented, and this book also describes the basic concepts of object-oriented programming
and document object models.
Even if you have no inclination to learn the JavaScript language, you can still harness the power of scripting via
third-party solutions such as Rush Network Render Queue, a graphical user interface to set up distributed
renders from any computer on the network without having to set up on individual machines.
You can also leverage the contributions of scripting users who share scripts with other users. Larger studios
may have such users in-house, while other users can visit forums such as those found at
w w w .ad o b ef o r u m s .c o m .
About this guide

This guide is for users who manage a graphics pipeline (which may include other scriptable applications as
well) and who want to write scripts to add custom capabilities to After Effects.
This functionality is also offered via third-party network rendering management solutions. These products
feature software designed to help manage this process, so it is possible to take advantage of this functionality
without having to perform manual editing of scripts.
3
Overview Editing scripts
The heart of a scriptable application is the object model. When you use Adobe After Effects, you create
projects, compositions, and render-queue items along with all of the elements that they contain: footage,
images, solids, layers, masks, effects, and properties. Each of these items, in scripting terms, is an object. This
guide describes the JavaScript objects that have been defined for After Effects projects.
Much of what scripting can accomplish replicates what can be done via the After Effects user interface, so a
thorough knowledge of the application itself is also essential to understanding how to use this functionality.
The After Effects object model is composed of a project, items, compositions, layers, and render-queue items.
Each object has its own special attributes, and every object in an After Effects project has its own identity
(although not all are accessible to scripting). You should be familiar with the After Effects object model in
order to create scripts.
After Effects scripting is based on ECMAScript (or more specifically, the 3rd Edition of the ECMA-262
Standard). Further documentation on this standard can be found at www.ecma-international.org. To take full
advantage of what is possible with scripting you will also need an understanding of writing scripts at the
system level (for integration with AppleScript or the Terminal command line in Mac OS and command-line
scripts on Windows systems) and a background in how to work with JavaScript.
NOTE: JavaScript objects normally referred to as “properties” are consistently called “attributes” in this guide, to
avoid confusion with After Effects’ own definition of a property (an animatable value of an effect, mask, or
transform within an individual layer).
Expressions
Although both After Effects expressions and the After Effects scripting interface use JavaScript and can access
individual layer properties, they are entirely distinct entities. Expressions cannot access information from
scripts (such as variables and functions), although a script can be written to create or edit an expression.
Because both expressions and scripting use JavaScript, familiarity with either one is helpful in understanding
the other.
Motion math
Motion math is no longer included in After Effects; its functionality has been superseded by scripting and
expressions. All mathematical and logical operators common to ECMAScript are available in scripting.
For example, with expressions it is possible to simulate the physics of a bouncing ball by applying mathe-
matical rules to a “ball” layer. But using scripting, you can create a whole user interface that allows a bouncing
ball and shadow layer to be animated using criteria entered by the user.
Editing scripts
After Effects includes a JavaScript editor. To start it, choose File > Scripts > Open Script Editor. This script
editor and debugger, called the ExtendScript Toolkit, provides a convenient interface for creating and testing
your own scripts.
You can use any text editor to create, edit, and save scripts, but it is recommended that you choose an appli-
cation that does not automatically add header information when saving files and that saves with Unicode
(UTF-8) encoding.
• Windows applications that are useful for editing scripts include EM Editor or the built-in Notepad (be sure
to set Encoding within save options to UTF-8).
• Mac OS applications that are useful for editing scripts include BBEdit or the built-in OS X TextEdit (be sure
to set the Save type in Preferences to Unicode [UTF-8]).
4
Overview Activating full scripting features
The ExtendScript JSX format

After Effects supports ExtendScript, Adobe’s extended implementation of JavaScript. ExtendScript is used by
all Adobe applications that provide a scripting interface. In addition to implementing the JavaScript language
according to the ECMA 262 and E4X ECMA 357 specifications, ExtendScript provides certain additional
features and utilities:
ExtendScript Toolkit: For help in developing, debugging, and testing scripts, ExtendScript provides an inter-
active development and testing environment, the ExtendScript Toolkit. It also defines a global debugging
object, the dollar ($) object, and a reporting utility for ExtendScript elements, the ExtendScript Reflection
interface.
File and Folder Objects: Because path name syntax is very different in different operating systems, Adobe
ExtendScript defines F i l e and F o l d e r objects to provide platform-independent access to the underlying file
system.
ScriptUI User Interface Module: The ExtendScript ScriptUI module provides the ability to create and interact
with user interface elements. ScriptUI provides an object model for windows and UI control elements that
you can use to create a user interface for your scripts.
Tools and Utilities: In addition, ExtendScript provides tools and features such as a localization utility for
providing user-interface string values in different languages and global functions for displaying short
messages in dialog boxes (ale rt , c o n fi r m , and p r o m pt ).
Interapplication Communication: ExtendScript provides a common scripting environment for all Adobe
applications, and allows interapplication communication through scripts.
External Communication: ExtendScript provides a S o c k e t object that allows you to communicate with remote
systems from your After Effects scripts.
These features and more are described in detail in the JavaScript Tools Guide, which is available with After
Effects, and from partners.adobe.com.
ExtendScript script files are distinguished by the .j sx file extension, a variation on the standard .js extension
used with standard JavaScript files. After Effects scripts must include the .js x file extension in order to be
properly recognized by the application. Any UTF-8 encoded text file with the .j sx extension is recognized as
an ExtendScript file.
You can use the ExtendScript Toolkit to export a binary version of an ExtendScript file, which has the
extension . js xb i n . Such a binary file may not be usable with all of the scripting integration features in After
Effects.
Activating full scripting features

For security reasons, the scripting features that operate outside the After Effects application (such as adding
and deleting files and folders on volumes, or accessing the network) are disabled by default.
To enable these features, choose Preferences > General, and select “Allow Scripts To Write Files And Access
Network.” This allows you to:
• Write to files
• Create folders and set the current folder
• Create a socket connection (for details of this JavaScript utility, see the JavaScript Tools Guide)
5
Overview Accessing and writing scripts
Adobe supplies a full-featured JavaScript debugger, called the ExtendScript Toolkit. The Toolkit is disabled by
default so that casual users do not encounter it. When editing or writing scripts, the Toolkit can help you
diagnose script problems more quickly. To activate the Toolkit on the local computer when a script error is
encountered, choose Preferences > General, and select Enable JavaScript Debugger. For detailed information
on the ExtendScript Toolkit, see the JavaScript Tools Guide.
Note that the Toolkit operates only when executing a script, not with expressions, even though expressions
also make use of JavaScript.
Accessing and writing scripts

To create and edit scripts for After Effects, you can use the ExtendScript Toolkit, or an external text-editing
application that creates files with Unicode UTF-8 text encoding. Beware of applications such as Microsoft
Word that by default add header information to files; these create line 0 errors in scripts, causing them to fail.
A script can reside anywhere, although to appear in the Scripts menu it must be saved in the Scripts folder
within the After Effects application folder.
There is no built-in method for recording a series of actions in After Effects into a script, as you can with
Adobe Photoshop® actions. Scripts are created outside After Effects and then executed within it, or externally
via a command-line, the ExtendScript Toolkit, or third-party render management software.
The Scripts menu and Scripts folder

After Effects scripts reside in the Scripts folder, within the same folder as your After Effects application file.
Only scripts contained in this Scripts folder when the application starts are automatically listed in the Scripts
menu, although a script file can reside anywhere.
To run a script that does not appear in the Scripts menu, choose File > Scripts > Run Script File, and choose
the script in the Open dialog box. Alternatively, you can send After Effects a script from the ExtendScript
Toolkit, from a command line (on Windows) or from AppleScript (on Mac OS).
To appear in the Open dialog box, your script must include the proper . js x file extension.
Shutdown and Startup folders

Within the Scripts folder are two folders called Startup and Shutdown. After Effects runs scripts in these
folders automatically, in alphabetical order, on starting and quitting, respectively.
In the Startup folder you can place scripts that you wish to execute at startup of the application. They are
executed after the application is initialized and all plug-ins are loaded.
Scripting shares a global environment, so any script executed at startup can define variables and functions that
are available to all scripts. In all cases, variables and functions, once defined by running a script that contains
them, persist in subsequent scripts during a given After Effects session. Once the application is quit, all such
globally defined variables and functions are cleared. Be sure to give variables in scripts unique names, so that
a script does not inadvertently reassign global variables intended to persist throughout a session.
Attributes can also be added to existing objects such as the Application object (see “Application object” on
page 19) to extend the application for other scripts.
The Shutdown folder scripts are executed as the application quits. This occurs after the project is closed but
before any other application shutdown occurs.
6
Overview Sending a script to After Effects from the system
The Window menu and ScriptUI Panels folder

Within the Scripts folder, you can create another folder named ScriptUI Panels. Use this folder for scripts
whose user interface appears in a native panel (as opposed to a floating palette, dialog box, or window). The
advantage of a panel is that it can be docked with other panels, such as Project, Composition, and Time
Controls, and appear more integrated into the application. Like native panels, ScriptUI Panels scripts are
accessed from the Window menu.
Instead of creating a Window object an adding controls to it, a ScriptUI Panels script uses the "this" object that
represents the panel. For example, the following code adds a button to a panel:
va r myPane l = t his;
myPane l.add("bu tt on", [10 , 10, 100 , 30 ], "T ool #1 ") ;
m y P an e l .s ho w ( );
If your script creates its user interface in a function, you cannot use "this" as it will refer to the function itself,
not the panel. In this case, you should pass the "this" object as an argument to your function. For example:
f u n c t io n c r e a teU I ( th is O b j) {
va r myPane l = t hisO b j;
return myPanel;
}
v a r m y T o o l s P a n e l = c r e at e U I ( t h i s ) ;
myToolsPanel.show();
You cannot use the File > Scripts > Run Script File menu command to run a script that refers to "this". To
make your script work with either a Window object (accessible from the File > Scripts menu) or a native panel
(accessible from the Window menu), check whether "this" is a Panel object. For example:
f u n c t io n c r e a teU I ( th is O b j) {
v a r m y P an e l = ( th is O b j i n st an c e o f P a n e l ) ? t h i s O b j : n e w W i n d o w ( " p a l e t t e " , " M y T o o l s " ,
[100 , 10 0, 3 00, 3 00]);
return myPanel;
}
v a r m y T o o l s P a n e l = c r e at e U I ( t h i s ) ;
myToolsPanel.show();
Sending a script to After Effects from the system

If you are familiar with how to run a script from the command line in Windows or via AppleScript, you can
send a script directly to the open After Effects application, so that the application automatically runs the script.
How to include After Effects scripting in a command line (Windows)

Following are examples of Windows command-line entries that will send an After Effects script to the appli-
cation without using the After Effects user interface to execute the script.
In the first example, you copy and paste your After Effects script directly on the command line and then run
it. The script text appears in quotation marks following the a ft erf x .e xe - s command:
a ft erf x .ex e -s " a le rt (" Y o u j us t s en t an al e rt t o Af t er E f f ec ts " ) "
7
Overview Testing and troubleshooting
Alternatively, you can specify the location of the JSX file to be executed. For example:
a ft er f x . e x e -r c : \ m y D o c u m e n t s \ Sc r i p t s \ y o u r AE S criptH ere. jsx
a f t e r f x . e x e -r " c : \ m y D o c u m e n t s \ Sc r i p ts \ S c r i pt N am e w it h S p ac e s .j sx "
How to include After Effects scripting in an AppleScript (Mac OS)

Following are three examples of AppleScript scripts that will send an existing JSX file containing an After
Effects script to the application without using the After Effects user interface to execute the script.
In the first example, you copy your After Effects script directly into the Script Editor and then run it. The script
text appears within quotation marks following the DoScript command, so internal quotes in the script must
be escaped using the backslash escape character, as follows:
t el l ap p l ic a ti on "A dob e Af ter Eff ec t s C S3 "
D o S c r i p t " a l e r t( \ " Y o u j u s t s e n t a n aler t t o Af te r Ef fe ct s \")"
en d t ell
Alternatively, you could display a dialog box asking for the location of the JSX file to be executed, as follows:
s et the F i le to c h oos e f i le
D oS c ri pt th eF i l e
en d t ell
Finally, this script is perhaps most useful when you are working directly on editing a JSX script and want to
send it to After Effects for testing or to run. To use it effectively you must enter the application that contains
the open JSX file (in this example it is TextEdit); if you do not know the proper name of the application, type
in your best guess to replace “TextEdit” and AppleScript prompts you to locate it.
Simply highlight the script text that you want to run, and then activate this AppleScript:
(*
T h i s s c r i p t s e n d s t he c u r r e n t s e l e c t i o n t o A ft er E f f e c t s a s a s c r i p t .
*)
t e l l ap p l ic a ti o n " T e xt E d i t"
s e t the _ sc r ip t to s e l e c t i o n as te x t
en d t ell

a ct i vat e
D o S c r i pt th e _ s cr ip t
en d t ell
For more information on using AppleScript, check out Matt Neuberg’s AppleScript: the Definitive Guide
(O’Reilly & Associates) or Sal Soghoian’s AppleScript 1-2-3 (Peachpit Press).
Testing and troubleshooting

Any After Effects script that contains an error preventing it from being completed generates an error message
from the application. This error message includes information about the nature of the error and the line of
the script on which it occurred.
8
Overview More resources to learn scripting
Additionally, After Effects includes a JavaScript debugger. For more information on activating and using the
debugger, see the ExtendScript Toolkit documentation in the JavaScript Tools Guide.
More resources to learn scripting

Many resources exist for learning more about scripting that uses the ECMA standard.
The After Effects scripting engine supports the 3rd Edition of the ECMA-262 Standard, including its
notational and lexical conventions, types, objects, expressions, and statements.
For a complete listing of the keywords and operators included with ECMAScript, refer to ECMA-262.pdf,
available at ww w. ecma -in t ern atio nal .o rg/pu blicatio ns/stan dard s/Ecm a-262 .ht m .
Books that deal with JavaScript 1.2 are also useful for understanding how scripting works in After Effects. One
book that is something of a standard for JavaScript users is JavaScript: The Definitive Guide (O’Reilly) by David
Flanagan. Another very readable source is JavaScript: A Beginner’s Guide (Osborne) by John Pollock. Both of
these texts contain information that pertains only to extensions of JavaScript for Internet browsers; however,
they also contain thorough descriptions of scripting fundamentals.
There are also books for using AppleScript and creating Windows command line scripts, each of which can be
used to send scripts to After Effects.
JavaScript variables
Scripting shares a global environment, so any script executed at startup can define variables and functions that
are available to all scripts. In all cases, variables and functions, once defined by running a script that contains
them, persist in subsequent scripts during a given After Effects session. Once the application is quit, all such
globally defined variables and functions are cleared. Scripters should be careful about giving variables in
scripts unique names, so that a script does not inadvertently reassign global variables intended to persist
throughout a session.
JavaScript keywords and statement syntax

Although it is not possible to provide an exhaustive resource describing usage of JavaScript, the following
tables provide an overview of keywords, statements, operators, precedence, and associativity.
The following table lists and describes all keywords and statements recognized by the After Effects scripting
engine.
Table 1 Keywords and Statement Syntax

Keyword/Statement Description
break Standard JavaScript; exit the currently executing loop.
continue Standard JavaScript; cease execution of the current loop iteration.
case Label used in a s w i tc h statement.
d e f au lt Label used in a s w i tc h statement when a c a s e label is not found.
d o.. .w hile Standard JavaScript construct. Similar to the w h il e loop, except loop condition evaluation occurs
at the end of the loop.
f al s e Literal representing the boolean false value.
for Standard JavaScript loop construct.
f or. ..in Standard JavaScript construct. Provides a way to easily loop through the properties of an object.
9
10
Keyword/Statement Description
f u n c t io n Used to define a function.
i f / if . . . e l s e Standard JavaScript conditional constructs.
new Standard JavaScript constructor statement.
n u ll Assigned to a variable, array element, or object property to indicate that it does not contain a legal
value.
re tu rn Standard JavaScript way of returning a value from a function or exiting a function.
s wi t c h Standard JavaScript way of evaluating a JavaScript expression and attempting to match the expres-
sion’s value to a c a se label.
t hi s Standard JavaScript method of indicating the current object.
t rue Literal representing the boolean true value.
un de fined Indicates that the variable, array element, or object property has not yet been assigned a value.
va r Standard JavaScript syntax used to declare a local variable.
w hi l e Standard JavaScript construct. Similar to the d o.. .w hile loop, except loop condition evaluation
occurs at the beginning of the loop.
w i th Standard JavaScript construct used to specify an object to use in subsequent statements.
JavaScript operators
The following tables list and describe all operators recognized by the After Effects scripting engine and show
the precedence and associativity for all operators.
Table 2 Description of Operators

Operators Description
new Allocate object.
delete Deallocate object.
t y pe o f Returns data type.
vo id Returns undefined value.
. Structure member.
[] Array element.
() Function call.
++ Pre- or post-increment.
–– Pre- or post-decrement.
– Unary negation or subtraction.
~ Bitwise NOT.
! Logical NOT.
* Multiply.
/ Divide.
% Modulo division.
10
11
Operators Description
+ Add.
<< Bitwise left shift.
>> Bitwise right shift.
> >> Unsigned bitwise right shift.
< Less than.
<= Less than or equal.
> Greater than.
>= Greater than or equal.
== Equal.
!= Not equal.
& Bitwise AND.
^ Bitwise XOR.
| Bitwise OR.
&& Logical AND.
|| Logical OR.
?: Conditional (ternary).
= Assignment.
+= Assignment with add operation.
–= Assignment with subtract operation.
*= Assignment with multiply operation.
/= Assignment with divide operation.
%= Assignment with modulo division operation.
< <= Assignment with bitwise left shift operation.
> >= Assignment with bitwise right shift operation.
> >> = Assignment with unsigned bitwise right shift operation.
&= Assignment with bitwise AND operation.
^= Assignment with bitwise XOR operation.
|= Assignment with bitwise OR operation.
, Multiple evaluation.
Table 3 Operator Precedence

Operators (highest precedence to lowest) Associativity
[ ], () , . left to right
ne w, de le te , – (u n ar y n eg at i o n ) , !, t y p eo f , voi d , + +, – – right to left
11
12
Operators (highest precedence to lowest) Associativity
*, /, % left to right
+ , – ( su b tra c ti on) left to right
< <, >> , > >> left to right
< , < =, > , > = left to right
= =, != left to right
& left to right
^ left to right
| left to right
&& left to right
|| left to right
?: right to left
= , /= , % =, << =, > > =, > > >= , &=, ^= , |= , += , –= , *= right to left
, left to right
12
JavaScript Reference
This chapter lists and describes JavaScript classes, objects, methods, attributes, and global functions defined by
After Effects.
The After Effects scripting engine supports ExtendScript, Adobe’s extended version of JavaScript, which imple-
ments the 3rd Edition of the ECMA-262 Standard, including its notational and lexical conventions, types,
objects, expressions and statements. For a complete listing of the keywords and operators included with
ECMAScript, refer to ECM A-262 .pdf , available at ww w. ecm a-inte r natio n al. org/p ublicatio n s/stan d ards/
E c m a - 2 6 2 . h t m. For an overview of the most common keywords and statements available from ECMA-262,
see “JavaScript keywords and statement syntax” on page 9.
The After Effects Object Model

As you look through this reference section, which is organized alphabetically by object, you can refer to the
following diagrams for an overview of where the various objects fall within the hierarchy, and their correspon-
dence to the user interface.
APPLICATION SYSTEM FILE FOLDER SOCKET
SETTINGS PROJECT ITEMS MAYBEANYOFTHEFOLLOWINGTYPESOFITEM
COMP)TEM /2 FOOTAGE)TEM /2 FOLDER)TEM
RENDER1UEUE ITEMS
LAYERS ITEMS
PROXY3OURCE MAIN3OURCE PROXY3OURCE
RENDER1UEUE)TEMS
PROPERTIES MAIN3OURCEPROXY3OURCE
MAYBEANYOFTHEFOLLOWINGTYPESOFITEM
OUTPUT-ODULES
SOLID3OURCE /2 PLACEHOLDER3OURCE /2 FILE3OURCE
COLOR FILE
Hierarchy diagram of the main After Effects scripting objects
Note that the File, Folder, and Socket objects are defined by ExtendScript, and are documented in the JavaS-
cript Tools Guide. ExtendScript also defines the ScriptUI module, a set of window and user-interface control
objects, which are available to After Effects scripts. These are also documented in the JavaScript Tools Guide.
The hierarchy of objects in scripting corresponds to the hierarchy in the user interface.
13
JavaScript Reference The After Effects Object Model
14
The application contains a Project panel, which displays a project. The project contains compositions, which
contain layers. The source for a layer can be a footage file, placeholder, or solid, also listed in the Project panel.
Each layer contains settings known as properties, and these can contain markers and keyframes. The render
queue contains render-queue items as well as render settings and output modules. All of these entities are repre-
sented by objects in scripting.
NOTE: To avoid ambiguity, this manual uses the term “attribute” to refer to JavaScript object properties, and the
term “property” or “AE property” to refer to After-Effects layer properties.
Object summary
The following table lists all objects alphabetically, with links to the documentation page for each.
Object Description
“Global functions” on page 16 Globally available functions that allow you to display text for script debugging purposes,
and help convert time values between seconds and frames.
“Application object” on page 19 A single global object, available by its name (ap p ), that provides access to objects and
application settings within the After Effects application.
“AVItem object” on page 32 Represents audio/visual files imported into After Effects.
“AVLayer object” on page 39 Represents those layers that contain AVItem objects (Comp layers, footage layers, solid
layers, text layers, and sound layers).
“CameraLayer object” on page 50 Represents a camera layer within a composition.
“Collection object” on page 51 Associates a set of objects or values as a logical group and provides access to them by
index.
“CompItem object” on page 52 Represents a composition, and allows you to manipulate it and get information about it.
14
JavaScript Reference The After Effects Object Model
15
Object Description
“FileSource object” on page 60 Describes footage that comes from a file.
“FolderItem object” on page 62 Represents a folder in the Project panel.
“FootageItem object” on page 64 Represents a footage item imported into a project, which appears in the Project panel.
“FootageSource object” on page 67 Describes the file source of some footage.
“ImportOptions object” on page 73 Encapsulates options for importing files into After Effects.
“Item object” on page 76 Represents an item in a project that appears in the Project panel.
“ItemCollection object” on page 79 Collects items in a project.
“KeyframeEase object” on page 81 Encapsulates keyframe ease values in an After Effects property.
“Layer object” on page 83 A base class for layer classes.
“LayerCollection object” on page 92 Collects layers in a project.
“LightLayer object” on page 97 Represents a light layer within a composition.
“MarkerValue object” on page 98 Encapsulates marker values in an AE property.
“MaskPropertyGroup object” on Encapsulates mask attributes in a layer.

page 102
“OMCollection object” on page 104 Collects output modules in a render queue.
“OutputModule object” on page 105 Represents an output module for a render queue.
“PlaceholderSource object” on page 108 Describes a placeholder for footage.
“Project object” on page 109 Represents an After Effects project.
“Property object” on page 118 Represents an After Effects property.
“PropertyBase object” on page 140 A base class for After Effects property and property group classes.
“PropertyGroup object” on page 147 Represents an After Effects property group.
“RenderQueue object” on page 152 Represents the After Effects render queue.
“RenderQueueItem object” on page 155 Represents a renderable item in a render queue.
“RenderQueueItem object” on page 155 Collects render-queue items in a render queue.
“RQItemCollection object” on page 161 Provides access to application settings and preferences.
“Shape object” on page 164 Encapsulates the outline shape information for a mask.
“ShapeLayer object” on page 167 Represents a shape layer within a composition.
“SolidSource object” on page 168 Describes a solid color that is the source of some footage.
“System object” on page 169 Provides access to the operating system from the application.
“TextDocument object” on page 171 Encapsulates the text in a text layer.
“TextLayer object” on page 172 Represents a text layer within a composition.
15
JavaScript Reference Global functions
16
Global functions
These globally available functions that are specific to After Effects. Any JavaScript object or function can call
these functions, which allow you to display text in a small (3-line) area of the Info panel, and to convert
numeric time values to and from string values.
Global function Description
clearOutput() Clears text from the Info panel.
cur rent F orma tTo T im e() Converts string time value to a numeric time value.
t im eToCu rren tForm at () Converts a numeric time value to a string time value.
w r i te () Writes text to the Info panel, with no line break added.
writeLn() Writes text to the Info panel, adding a line break at the end.
Additional global functions for standard user I/O (ale rt , c o n f ir m , and p r o m pt ) and static functions for file
I/O, are defined by ExtendScript; for detailed reference information, see the Adobe Bridge® JavaScript
Reference.
NOTE: The After Effects global functions for standard dialogs and file I/O are still supported in this release, but
are deprecated and will not be supported in future releases. For details, see the After Effects 6.5 documentation.
clearOutput() global function

clearOutput()
Description
Clears the output in the Info panel.
Parameters
None.
Returns
Nothing.
currentFormatToTime() global function

cur rent F orma tTo T im e( f o r m a t t e d T i m e , f ps , i s D u r a t i o n)
Description
Converts a formatted string for a frame time value to a number of seconds, given a specified frame rate. For
example, if the formatted frame time value is 0:00:12 (the exact string format is determined by a project
setting), and the frame rate is 24 fps, the time would be 0.5 seconds (12/24). If the frame rate is 30 fps, the time
would be 0.4 seconds (12/30).
If the time is a duration, the frames are counted from 0. Otherwise, the frames are counted from the project’s
starting frame (see “Project displayStartFrame attribute” on page 111).
Parameters
f o r m a tt e d T i m e The frame time value, a string specifying a number of frames in the project’s current time display format.
16
17
fps The frames-per-second, a floating-point value.
i s D u r a t io n Optional. When true, the time is a duration (measured from frame 0). When false (the default), the time is
measured from the project’s starting frame.
Returns
Floating-point value, the number of seconds.
timeToCurrentFormat() global function

t im eToCu rren tForm at (t i m e , f ps , i s D u r a t i o n)
Description
Converts a numeric time value (a number of seconds) to a frame time value; that is, a formatted string that
shows which frame corresponds to that time, at the specified rate. For example, if the time is 0.5 seconds, and
the frame rate is 24 fps, the frame would be 0:00:12 (when the project is set to Display Timecode). If the frame
rate is 30 fps, the frame would be 0:00:15. The format of the timecode string is determined by a project setting.
If the time is a duration, the frames are counted from 0. Otherwise, the frames are counted from the project’s
starting frame (see “Project displayStartFrame attribute” on page 111).
Parameters
t im e The number of seconds, a floating-point value.
fps The frames-per-second, a floating-point value.
i s D u r a t io n Optional. When true, the time is a duration (measured from frame 0). When false (the default), the time is
measured from the project’s starting frame.
Returns
String in the project’s current time display format.
write() global function

w r i te (t e x t)
Description
Writes output to the Info panel, with no line break added.
Parameters
t ex t The string to display. Truncated if too long for the Info panel.
Returns
Nothing.
Example
w r i te (" T h i s t e x t a pp e a rs i n I n fo pa n e l " ) ;
w r i t e (" w i t h m o r e o n s a m e l i n e . " ) ;
17
18
writeLn() global function

w r i t e L n ( t e x t)
Description
Writes output to the Info panel and adds a line break at the end.
Parameters
t ex t The string to display.
Returns
Nothing.
Example
w r i te l n (" T h i s t e x t a pp ea rs on f ir st l i n e" ) ;
w r i te l n (" T h i s t e x t a pp ea r s o n s e c o n d l i n e " ) ;
18
JavaScript Reference Application object
19
Application object
a pp
Description
Provides access to objects and application settings within the After Effects application. The single global object
is always available by its name, ap p .
Attributes of the Application object provide access to specific objects within After Effects. Methods of the
Application object can create a project, open an existing project, control Watch Folder mode, purge memory,
and quit the After Effects application. When the After Effects application quits, it closes the open project,
prompting the user to save or discard changes as necessary, and creates a project file as necessary.
Attributes
Attribute Reference Description
project “Application project attribute” on The current After Effects project.

page 28 and “Project object” on
page 109
language “Application language attribute” on The language in which the application is running.
page 24
ve rsio n “Application version attribute” on The version number of the After Effects application.
page 30
buildName “Application buildName attribute” on The name of this build of the application.
page 21
buildNumber “Application buildNumber attribute” on The number of this build of the application.
page 22
isWatchFolder “Application isWatchFolder attribute” When true, the local application is running in Watch
on page 24 Folder mode.
isRenderEngine “Application isRenderEngine attribute” When true, the local After Effects application is running
on page 24 as a render engine.
s e t ti n g s “Application settings attribute” on Application settings that can be set via scripting.
page 30 and “RQItemCollection object”
on page 161
onE rror “Application onError attribute” on A callback function that is called when an error occurs
page 26 in the application.
exitCode “Application exitCode attribute” on A numeric status code used when executing a script
page 24 externally (that is, from a command line or AppleScript).
0 if no error occurred. A positive number indicates an
error that occurred while running the script.
e x i t A f ter L a u n ch A n d E v a l “Application exitAfterLaunchAndEval When true, the application remains open after running
attribute” on page 23 a script from the command line on Windows.
s ave Pr oje ct O nCra sh “Application saveProjectOnCrash When true, the project is saved if the application closes
attribute” on page 28 unexpectedly.
memoryInUse “Application memoryInUse attribute” Memory in use by this application.

on page 25
19
20
Methods
Method Reference Description
n e w P r o j ec t ( ) “Application newProject() method” on Creates a new project in After Effects.

page 25
open() “Application open() method” on page 26 Opens a project or an Open Project dialog box.
q ui t( ) “Application quit() method” on page 28 Quits the application.
w at c hF o l d er ( ) “Application watchFolder() method” on Starts Watch Folder mode; does not return
page 30 until Watch Folder mode is turned off.
p au se W at c h F o l d e r ( ) “Application pauseWatchFolder() method” Pauses a current watch-folder process.

on page 27
e n d W a tc h F o l d e r( ) “Application endWatchFolder() method” on Ends a current watch-folder process.

page 23
p u r g e () “Application purge() method” on page 28 Purges a targeted type of cached information

(replicates Purge options in the Edit menu).
b e g in U n d o G r o u p( ) “Application beginUndoGroup() method” Groups the actions that follow it into a single
on page 21 undoable step.
endUndoGroup() “Application endUndoGroup() method” on Ends an undo group; needed only when a
page 22 script contains more than one undo group.
b e g in S u p p r e s s Di al o g s( ) “Application beginSuppressDialogs() Begins suppression of dialogs in the user inter-

method” on page 21 face.
e n dS u p p r e s s Di al o g s ( ) “Application endSuppressDialogs() Ends suppression of dialogs in the user inter-

method” on page 22 face.
s e t M e m o r y Us ag e L i m i ts () “Application setMemoryUsageLimits() Sets memory usage limits as in the Memory &

method” on page 29 Cache preferences area.
set Sa vePre fe rencesO n Qu it () “Application setSavePreferencesOnQuit() Sets whether preferences are saved when the
method” on page 29 application is quit.
a ct i vat e( ) “Application activate() method” on page 20 Brings the After Effects main window to the
front of the screen.
s c h e d u l e T as k( ) “Application scheduleTask() method” on Schedules a JavaScript script for delayed exe-

page 29 cution.
c a n ce l T a s k () “Application cancelTask() method” on Cancels a scheduled task.

page 22
p a r se S w at c h F i l e ( ) “Application parseSwatchFile() method” on Loads a color swatch from an Adobe Swatch

page 27 Exchange (ASE) file.
Application activate() method

a pp .a c ti va te( )
Description
Opens the application main window if it is minimized or iconified, and brings it to the front of the desktop.
Parameters
None.
20
21
Returns
Nothing.
Application beginSuppressDialogs() method

a pp .b e g in Su pp r e ss Di a lo g s( )
Description
Begins suppression of script error dialog boxes in the user interface. Use endSuppr essD ialogs() to resume the
display of error dialogs. See “Application endSuppressDialogs() method” on page 22.
Parameters
None.
Returns
Nothing.
Application beginUndoGroup() method

a pp .b e g in Un d oG rou p( u n d oS t r in g)
Description
Marks the beginning of an undo group, which allows a script to logically group all of its actions as a single
undoable action (for use with the Edit > Undo/Redo menu items). Use the e n d U n d o G r o u p ( ) method to mark
the end of the group. (See “Application endUndoGroup() method” on page 22.)
b e g in U n d o G r o u p( ) and e n d U n d o G r o u p ( ) pairs can be nested. Groups within groups become part of the
larger group, and will undo correctly. In this case, the names of inner groups are ignored.
Parameters
undoString The text that will appear for the Undo command in the Edit menu (that is, “Undo <u nd oS tri n g> ”)
Returns
Nothing.
Application buildName attribute

a pp .b u il d N am e
Description
The name of the build of After Effects being run, used internally by Adobe for testing and troubleshooting.
Type
String; read-only.
21
22
Application buildNumber attribute

a pp .b u il d N u m b e r
Description
The number of the build of After Effects being run, used internally by Adobe for testing and troubleshooting.
Type
Integer; read-only.
Application cancelTask() method

a pp .c a n c e l T as k (t a s k I D )
Description
Removes the specified task from the queue of tasks scheduled for delayed execution.
Parameters
t as kI D An integer that identifies the task, as returned by ap p .s ch e d u l e T a s k( ) .
Returns
Nothing.
Application endSuppressDialogs() method

a pp .e n dS u p p r e s s Di al o g s( al er t )
Description
Ends the suppression of script error dialog boxes in the user interface. Error dialogs are displayed by default;
call this method only if b e g i n S u p p r e s s Di al o g s ( ) has previously been called. See “Application beginSuppress-
Dialogs() method” on page 21.
Parameters
a l ert Boolean; when true, errors that have occurred following the call to b e g i n S u p p r e ss D ia l o g s ( ) are displayed in a
dialog box.
Returns
Nothing.
Application endUndoGroup() method

a pp .e n dU n d oG rou p( )
Description
Marks the end of an undo group begun with the a p p . b e g i n U n d o Gr ou p ( ) method. You can use this method
to place an end to an undo group in the middle of a script, should you wish to use more than one undo group
for a single script.
If you are using only a single undo group for a given script, you do not need to use this method; in its absence
at the end of a script, the system will close the undo group automatically.
22
23
Calling this method without having set a b e g in Un d o G r o u p( ) method yields an error.
Parameters
None.
Returns
Nothing.
Application endWatchFolder() method

a pp .e n dW atc h F ol d er( )
Description
Ends Watch Folder mode.
Parameters
None
Returns
Nothing.
See also
“Application watchFolder() method” on page 30

“Application parseSwatchFile() method” on page 27
“Application isWatchFolder attribute” on page 24
Application exitAfterLaunchAndEval attribute

a p p . e xi t A f t e r L a u n c h A n d E v a l
Description
This attribute is used only when executing a script from a command line on Windows. When the application
is launched from the command line, the – r or – s command line flag causes the application to run a script
(from a file or from a string, respectively).
If this attribute is set to true, After Effects will exit after the script is run; if it is false, the application will remain
open.
This attribute only has an effect when After Effects is run from the Windows command line. It has no effect
in Mac OS.
Type
Boolean; read/write.
23
24
Application exitCode attribute

a pp .e xi t C o d e
Description
A numeric status code used when executing a script externally (that is, from a command line or AppleScript).
• In Windows, the value is returned on the command line when After Effects was launched on the commands
line (using the af te rf x or a f t er f x – m command), and a script was specified with the – r or – s option.
• in Mac OS, the value is returned as the AppleScript D oS cr ip t result for each script.
In both Mac OS and Windows, the value is set to 0 (E X I T _ S U C C E S S ) at the beginning of each script evalu-
ation. In the event of an error while the script is running, the script can set this to a positive integer that
indicates what error occurred.
Type
Integer; read/write.
Example
a pp . e xi t C o d e = 2 ; / / o n qui t , i f v alue is 2, an er ror h as occurr ed
Application isRenderEngine attribute

app.isRenderEngine
Description
True if After Effects is running as a render engine.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
Application isWatchFolder attribute

a pp .i s W at c h F o l d e r
Description
True if the Watch Folder dialog box is currently displayed and the application is currently watching a folder
for rendering.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
Application language attribute

a pp .l a n g ua g e
Description
The language After Effects is running.
Type
A L a n gu ag e enumerated value; read-only. One of:
24
25
L a n g u a g e . E N GL I SH
Language.FRENCH
Language.GERMAN
L a n g u a g e . I T AL I A N
Language.JAPANESE
Language.SPANISH
Example
v a r l a n g = a pp . l a n g u a g e ;
if (lang == Language.ENGLISH)
a l e r t (" A f t e r E f f e c ts i s r u n n i n g i n E n g l i s h . " ) ;
e l s e i f ( l a n g = = L a n g u a g e. F R E N C H )
a l e r t (" A f t e r E f f e c t s i s r un n i n g i n F r e n c h . " ) ;
else
a l e r t (" A f t e r E f f e c ts i s n o t r u n n i n g i n E n g l i s h o r F r e n c h . " ) ;
Application memoryInUse attribute

app.memoryInUse
Description
The number of bytes of memory currently used by this application.
Type
Number; read-only.
Application newProject() method

a pp .n e wP ro jec t ()
Description
Creates a new project in After Effects, replicating the File > New > New Project menu command.
If the current project has been edited, the user is prompted to save it. If the user cancels out of the Save dialog
box, the new project is not created and the method returns null. Use a pp . p r o je c t .c l o s e ( C l o s e O p -
t io n s. D O _ N O T _ SA VE _ C H A N G E S ) to close the current project before opening a new one. See “Project
close() method” on page 111.
Parameters
None.
Returns
A new Project object, or null if no new project is created.
Example
a pp . p r o j e c t . c l o s e ( C l o s e Op t io n s . D O _ N O T _ S A V E _ C H A N G E S ) ;
a pp .n e wP ro jec t () ;
25
26
Application onError attribute

a pp.o n Erro r
Description
The name of a callback function that is called when an error occurs. By creating a function and assigning it to
this attribute, you can respond to errors systematically; for example, you can close and restart the application,
noting the error in a log file if it occurred during rendering. See “RenderQueue render() method” on
page 153.
The callback function is passed the error string and a severity string. It should not return any value.
Type
A function name string, or null if no function is assigned; read/write.
Example
f u n c t io n e r r ( e r r S t r i n g ) {
a l ert (e rrStr ing);
}
a pp.o n Erro r = e rr;
Application open() method

a pp .o pe n ()
a pp .o pe n (f i l e)
Description
Opens a project.
Parameters
file Optional. An ExtendScript File object for the project file to open. If not supplied, the method prompts the
user to select a project file.
Returns
A new Project object for the specified project, or null if the user cancels the Open dialog box.
Example
v a r m y _ f il e = n e w F i l e ( " . . /m y _ fol d e r / m y _ t e s t . a e p" ) ;
i f (m y _ f i l e . e x i s ts ) {
n e w_ p r o j e c t = ap p .o p e n ( m y _ f il e );
i f (n e w_ p r o j e c t) {
a l ert (ne w_proj ect. file. n ame );
}
}
26
27
Application parseSwatchFile() method

a pp .p ar se Sw a tc h F i l e (file )
Description
Loads color swatch data from an Adobe Swatch Exchange (ASE) file.
Parameters
file The file specification, an ExtendScript F i l e object.
Returns
The swatch data, in this format:
d at a. m ajo r V e r si o n The ASE version number.

d at a. m in orVe rs io n
d at a. v al u e s An array of S wa tc h V al u e .
S w at ch V a l u e . t y p e One of " R G B " , " C M Y K " , " L A B " , " G r a y "
S w at ch V a l u e . r When t y pe = " R G B " , the color values in the range [0.0..1.0].

S w at ch V a l u e . g 0, 0, 0 is Black.
S w at ch V a l u e . b
S w at ch V a l u e . c When t y pe = " C M YK " , the color values in the range [0.0..1.0].

S w at ch V a l u e . m 0, 0, 0, 0 is White.
S w at ch V a l u e . y
S w at ch V a l u e . k
S w at ch V a l u e . L When t y pe = " L A B" , the color values.

S w at ch V a l u e . a L is in the range [0.0..1.0]. a and b are in the range [-128.0..+128.0]
S w at ch V a l u e . b
0, 0, 0 is Black.
S w a t ch V a l u e . v al u e When t y pe = " G ra y " , the value range is [0.0..1.0].
0.0 is Black.
Application pauseWatchFolder() method

a pp .p au se W at c h F o l d e r (p au se )
Description
Pauses or resumes the search of the target watch folder for items to render.
Parameters
p au se True to pause, false to resume.
Returns
Nothing.
27
28
See also

“Application watchFolder() method” on page 30
“Application endWatchFolder() method” on page 23
Application project attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t
Description
The project that is currently loaded. See “Project object” on page 109.
Type
Project object; read-only.
Application purge() method

a pp .p u r g e ( t a r ge t)
Description
Purges unused data of the specified types from memory. Replicates the Purge options in the Edit menu.
Parameters
t arg e t The type of elements to purge from memory; a Pu rgeTa rget enumerated value, one of:
• P u r g e T a r g e t . A L L _ C A C H E S : Purges all data that After Effects has cached to physical memory.
• Pur g eTa rget .U N DO _ C ACH E S : Purges all data saved in the undo cache.
• Pur g e T a r g e t . S N A P S HO T _ C A C HE S : Purges all data cached as comp/layer snapshots.
• P u r g e T a r g e t . I M A G E _ C A C H E S : Purges all saved image data.
Returns
Nothing.
Application quit() method

a pp .q ui t( )
Description
Quits the After Effects application.
Parameters
None.
Returns
Nothing.
Application saveProjectOnCrash attribute

a pp .s av e P r o je c tO n C r a sh
28
29
Description
When true (the default), After Effects attempts to display a dialog box that allows you to save the current
project if an error causes the application to quit unexpectedly. Set to false to suppress this dialog box and quit
without saving.
Type
Application scheduleTask() method

a pp .s c h e du le T as k (s t r i n g T oE x e c u t e, de l a y, r e p ea t)
Description
Schedules the specified JavaScript for delayed execution.
Parameters
s tr in g T o E x e c u t e A string containing JavaScript to be executed.
delay A number of milliseconds to wait before executing the JavaScript. A floating-point value.
re pe at When true, execute the script repeatedly, with the specified delay between each execution. When false
the script is executed only once.
Returns
Integer, a unique identifier for this task, which can be used to cancel it with a p p. c anc el Ta sk ( ) .
Application setMemoryUsageLimits() method

a pp .s e t M e m o r y Us ag e L i m i ts (i m ag eC a ch eP e rce n t ag e, m ax i m u m M e m o r y P e r c en t a g e)
Description
Sets memory usage limits as in the Memory & Cache preferences area. For both values, if installed RAM is less
than a given amount (n gigabytes), the value is a percentage of the installed RAM, and is otherwise a
percentage of n. The value of n is: 2 Gb for Win32, 4 Gb for Win64, 3.5 Gb for Mac OS.
Parameters
i m a g eC a ch eP erc e n ta g e Floating-point value, the percentage of memory assigned to image cache.
m a x im u m M e m o r y P e r c e n t a g e Floating-point value, the maximum usable percentage of memory.
Returns
Nothing.
Application setSavePreferencesOnQuit() method

a pp .s e t S ave Pr e fe r e n c e sO n Q u i t(do Save )
Description
Set or clears the flag that determines whether preferences are saved when the application is closed.
29
30
Parameters
d o S av e When true, preferences saved on quit, when false they are not.
Returns
Nothing.
Application settings attribute

a pp .s e t ti n g s
Description
The currently loaded settings. See “Settings object” on page 162.
Type
Settings object; read-only.
Application version attribute

a pp .v ers i on
Description
An alphanumeric string indicating which version of After Effects is running.
Type
String; read-only.
Example
v a r v e r = a pp . v e r s i o n ;
a l e r t ( " T h is m a c h i n e i s r un n i n g v e r s io n " + v e r + " o f A ft e r E f f e c t s . " ) ;
Application watchFolder() method

a pp .w at c h F o l d e r (f o l d e r _o b j e c t _ t o _w a t c h)
Description
Starts a Watch Folder (network rendering) process pointed at a specified folder.
Parameters
folder_object_to_watch The ExtendScript Folder object for the folder to watch.
Returns
Nothing.
Example
var theFolder = new Folder(“c:/tool”);
a pp .w at c h F o l d e r (t h e F o ld e r );
30
31
See also
“Application endWatchFolder() method” on page 23

“Application parseSwatchFile() method” on page 27
31
JavaScript Reference AVItem object
32
AVItem object
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x)
Description
The AVitem object provides access to attributes and methods of audio/visual files imported into After Effects.
• AVItem is a subclass of Item. All methods and attributes of Item, in addition to those listed below, are
available when working with AVItem. See “Item object” on page 76.
• AVItem is the base class for both CompItem and FootageItem, so AVItem attributes and methods are also
available when working with CompItem and FootageItem objects. See “CompItem object” on page 52 and
“FootageItem object” on page 64.
Attributes
name “AVItem name attribute” on page 35 The name of the object as shown in the Project panel.
w i dt h “AVItem width attribute” on page 38 The width of the item.
h ei g ht “AVItem height attribute” on page 34 The height of the item.
p i xe l A s pe c t “AVItem pixelAspect attribute” on page 35 The pixel aspect ratio of the item.
f r am e R a te “AVItem frameRate attribute” on page 34 The frame rate of the item.
f ram eDu rat ion “AVItem frameDuration attribute” on page 33 The frame duration for the item.
d u r a ti o n “AVItem duration attribute” on page 33 The total duration of the item.
usePro xy “AVItem useProxy attribute” on page 38 When true, a proxy source is used for this item.
proxySource “AVItem proxySource attribute” on page 35 The FootageItem object used as proxy for the item.
t im e “AVItem time attribute” on page 38 Current time of the item.
usedIn “AVItem usedIn attribute” on page 38 The CompItem objects that use this item.
h as Vi de o “AVItem hasVideo attribute” on page 34 When true, the item has a video component.
h as Aud i o “AVItem hasAudio attribute” on page 34 When true, the item has an audio component.
f o o t a g e Mi s s i n g “AVItem footageMissing attribute” on When true, the item cannot be found or is a placeholder.
page 33
Methods
s e t Pr o x y () “AVItem setProxy() method” on page 36 Sets a proxy for the item.
s et Pr o x y W it hS eq ue n c e() “AVItem setProxyWithSequence() method” on Sets a sequence as a proxy for the item.
page 37
s et Pr o x y W it hS o l i d () “AVItem setProxyWithSolid() method” on Sets a solid as a proxy for the item.

page 37
s etP rox yWi thP l acehold er() “AVItem setProxyWithPlaceholder() method” on Sets a placeholder as a proxy for the item.
page 36
s e t Pr o x y T o N o n e () “AVItem setProxyToNone() method” on page 36 Removes the proxy for the item.
32
33
AVItem duration attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .d u r a ti o n
Description
Returns the duration, in seconds, of the item. Still footage items have a duration of 0.
• In a CompItem, the value is linked to the d u r a ti o n of the composition, and is read/write.
• In a FootageItem, the value is linked to the du rat i on of the m a i n So u r c e object, and is read-only.
Type
Floating-point value in the range [0.0..10800.0]; read/write for a CompItem; otherwise, read-only.
AVItem footageMissing attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .f o o t a g e Mi s s i n g
Description
When true, the AVItem is a placeholder, or represents footage with a source file that cannot be found. In this
case, the path of the missing source file is in the m i s s i n g F o ot a g e P a t h attribute of the footage item’s source-file
object. See “FootageItem mainSource attribute” on page 65 and “FileSource missingFootagePath attribute”
on page 60.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
AVItem frameDuration attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .f ram eDu rat ion
Description
Returns the length of a frame for this AVItem, in seconds. This is the reciprocal of f ra m eRa te . When set, the
reciprocal is automatically set as a new f r am e R a te value.
This attribute returns the reciprocal of the f r am e R a te , which may not be identical to a value you set, if that
value is not evenly divisible into 1.0 (for example, 0.3). Due to numerical limitations, (1 / (1 / 0.3)) is close to,
but not exactly, 0.3.
If the AVItem is a FootageItem, this value is linked to the m a i n S o u r ce , and is read-only. To change it, set the
c o n f o r m F r a m e R a t e of the m ai n S ourc e object. This sets both the f rame Rat e and fr ame Dur at io n of the
FootageItem.
Type
Floating-point value in the range [1/99.. 1.0]; read-only for a FootageItem, otherwise read/write.
33
34
AVItem frameRate attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .f r am e R a te
Description
The frame rate of the AVItem, in frames-per-second. This is the reciprocal of the f rame Dur at io n . When set,
the reciprocal is automatically set as a new f ram eDu rat ion value.
• In a CompItem, the value is linked to the f r am e R a te of the composition, and is read/write.
• In a FootageItem, the value is linked to the fr ame Rat e of the m a i n S o u r c e object, and is read-only. To change
it, set the c o n f o r m F r am e R a t e of the m ai n S ourc e object. This sets both the f ra m eRa te and f r a m e D u r a ti o n
of the FootageItem.
Type
Floating-point value in the range [1.0..99.0]; read-only for a FootageItem, otherwise read/write.
AVItem hasAudio attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .h a s A u d i o
Description
When true, the AVItem has an audio component.

• In a CompItem, the value is linked to the composition.
• In a FootageItem, the value is linked to the m a i n S o u r c e object.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
AVItem hasVideo attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .ha sVide o
Description
When true, the AVItem has an video component.

Type
Boolean; read-only.
AVItem height attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .he ight
Description
The height of the item in pixels.

• In a CompItem, the value is linked to the composition, and is read/write.
34
35
• In a FootageItem, the value is linked to the m a i n S o u r c e object, and is read/write only if the m a i n So u r c e
object is a SolidSource. Otherwise, it is read-only.
Type
Integer in the range [1...30000]; read/write, except as noted.
AVItem name attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .n a m e
Description
The name of the item, as shown in the Project panel.

• In a FootageItem, the value is linked to the m a i n S o u rc e object. If the m a in So u r c e object is a FileSource, this
value controls the display name in the Project panel, but does not affect the file name.
Type
String; read/write.
AVItem pixelAspect attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p i xe l A s pe ct
Description
The pixel aspect ratio of the item.

Certain pi x e l A s p e c t values are specially known to After Effects, and are stored and retrieved with perfect
accuracy. These are the set {1, 0. 9, 1. 2, 1. 07, 1 .42 , 2, 0. 95, 1 .9} . Other values may show slight rounding errors
when you set or get them; that is, the value you retrieve after setting may be slightly different from the value
you supplied.
Type
Floating-point value, in the range [0.01..100.0]; read/write.
AVItem proxySource attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p r o x y S o u r ce
Description
The FootageSource being used as a proxy. The attribute is read-only; to change it, call any of the AVItem
methods that change the proxy source: se tP rox y ( ) , s et P rox y Wi th Se qu ence( ) , se tP rox y Wi t hS ol i d( ) , or
s et Pr o x y W it hP l ac e ho l d er( ) .
Type
FootageSource object; read-only.
35
36
AVItem setProxy() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .s et Pro x y( fil e)
Description
Sets a file as the proxy of this AVItem. Loads the specified file into a new FileSource object, sets this as the value
of the p r o x y S o u r c e attribute, and sets u s e P r o x y to true. It does not preserve the interpretation parameters,
instead using the user preferences. If the file has an unlabeled alpha channel, and the user preference says to
ask the user what to do, the method estimates the alpha interpretation, rather than asking the user.
This differs from setting a FootageItem's main source, but both actions are performed as in the user interface.
Parameters
file An ExtendScript File object for the file to be used as a proxy.
Returns
None.
AVItem setProxyToNone() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . s e t P r o x yT o N o n e ( )
Description
Removes the proxy from this AVItem, sets the value of p r o xy S o u r c e to null, and sets the value of u se Pr ox y to
f al s e .
Parameters
None.
Returns
Nothing.
AVItem setProxyWithPlaceholder() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . s e t Pro x yW it h P l a c e h o l d e r ( n am e , w idt h , h e igh t , f r am e Ra t e, du rat ion )
Description
Creates a PlaceholderSource object with specified values, sets this as the value of the p r o xy S o u r c e attribute,
and sets u se Pr ox y to true. It does not preserve the interpretation parameters, instead using the user prefer-
ences.
NOTE: There is no direct way to set a placeholder as a proxy in the user interface; this behavior occurs when a proxy
has been set and then moved or deleted.
Parameters
name A string containing the name of the new object.
w i dt h, h eight The pixel dimensions of the placeholder, an integer in the range [4..30000].
f r am e R a te The frames-per-second, an integer in the range [1..99].
36
37
d u r a ti o n The total length in seconds, up to 3 hours. An integer in the range [0.0..10800.0].
Returns
Nothing.
AVItem setProxyWithSequence() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .set Pro x yW it hSeq uen ce ( f i l e , f o r ce A l ph a b e t i c a l )
Description
Sets a sequence of files as the proxy of this AVItem, with the option of forcing alphabetical order. Loads the
specified file sequence into a new FileSource object, sets this as the value of the pr ox y So urc e attribute, and sets
usePro xy to true. It does not preserve the interpretation parameters, instead using the user preferences. If any
file has an unlabeled alpha channel, and the user preference says to ask the user what to do, the method
estimates the alpha interpretation, rather than asking the user.
Parameters
file An ExtendScript File object for the first file in the sequence.
f o r c e A l ph ab e t i c al When true, use the “Force alphabetical order” option.
Returns
Nothing.
AVItem setProxyWithSolid() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .s et Pro x yW it hSolid (c ol o r, na m e , w id t h , h ei gh t , p ix el A s p ec t)
Description
Creates a SolidSource object with specified values, sets this as the value of the p r o xy S o u r c e attribute, and sets
usePro xy to true. It does not preserve the interpretation parameters, instead using the user preferences.
NOTE: There is no way, using the user interface, to set a solid as a proxy; this feature is available only through
scripting.
Parameters
color The color of the solid, an array of 3 floating-point values, [R, G, B], in the range [0.0..1.0].
name A string containing the name of the new object.
w i dt h, h eight The pixel dimensions of the placeholder, an integer in the range [1...30000].
p i xe l A s pe c t The pixel aspect of the solid, a floating-point value in the range [0.01... 100.0].
Returns
Nothing.
37
38
AVItem time attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .t im e
Description
The current time of the item when it is being previewed directly from the Project panel. This value is a number
of seconds. Use the global method t im eToCu rren tForm at to convert it to a string value that expresses the time
in terms of frames; see “timeToCurrentFormat() global function” on page 17.
It is an error to set this value for a FootageItem whose m a in S o u rc e is still (ite m .m a in S o u rc e . i s S t i l l is true).
Type
Floating-point value; read/write.
AVItem usedIn attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .u s e d I n
Description
All the compositions that use this AVItem.

Note: Upon retrieval, the array value is copied, so it is not automatically updated. If you get this value, then add
this item into another composition, you must retrieve the value again to get an array that includes the new item.
Type
Array of CompItem objects; read-only.
AVItem useProxy attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .u s e P r o x y
Description
When true, a proxy is used for the item. It is set to true by all the S e tP r o x y methods, and to false by the
S e t Pr o x y T o N o n e () method.
Type
AVItem width attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .w i dt h
Description
The width of the item, in pixels.

• In a CompItem, the value is linked to the composition, and is read/write.
• In a FootageItem, the value is linked to the m a i n S o u r c e object, and is read/write only if the m a i n So u r c e
object is a SolidSource. Otherwise, it is read-only.
Type
Integer in the range [1...30000]; read/write, except as noted.
38
JavaScript Reference AVLayer object
39
AVLayer object
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x)
Description
The AVLayer object provides an interface to those layers that contain AVItem objects (Comp layers, footage
layers, solid layers, text layers, and sound layers).
• AVLayer is a subclass of Layer. All methods and attributes of Layer, in addition to those listed below, are
available when working with AVLayer. See “Layer object” on page 83.
• AVLayer is a base class for TextLayer, so AVLayer attributes and methods are available when working with
TextLayer objects. See “TextLayer object” on page 172.
AE Properties
Different types of layers have different AE properties. AVLayer has the following properties and property
groups:
Ma r k e r
T i m e R em a p
Motion Trackers
M a s ks
E f f e c ts
T r a n s f o rm
A n ch o r P o i n t
P o s i ti o n
S c al e
O r i e n t a t io n
X R o t at io n
Y R o t at io n
Ro ta ti on
O pa c i ty
Layer Styles
M a t e r i a l O pt i o n s
Ca st s Sh ad ow s
L i g h t T r a n s m is s io n
Ac c e pt s S h ad ow s
Ac c e pt s Li gh ts
Am bie n t
D if f u s e
S p e c u l ar
Shininess
M eta l
Au dio
Au dio L evels
Example
If the first item in the project is a CompItem, and the first layer of that CompItem is an AVLayer, the following
sets the layer qua l i ty , s t art T i m e , and in Poi n t .
va r f ir st L ay e r = a p p. pro jec t .i te m (1 ). l ay er( 1) ;
f i rst L a ye r.q ua li t y = L a y erQ ua li t y .BE ST ;
first L a ye r.sta rt Tim e = 1 ;
39
40
f i r s t L a ye r. i n P o i n t = 2 ;
Attributes
s o u r ce “AVLayer replaceSource() method” on The source item for this layer.

page 47
isNameFromSource “AVLayer isNameFromSource attribute” When true, the layer has no expressly set name,
on page 46 but contains a named source.
h ei g ht “AVLayer height attribute” on page 46 The height of the layer.
w i dt h “AVLayer width attribute” on page 49 The width of the layer.
a ud io E n ab l ed “AVLayer audioEnabled attribute” on When true, the layer's audio is enabled.

page 42
m o t i o n B lu r “AVLayer motionBlur attribute” on When true, the layer's motion blur is enabled.
page 46
effectsActive “AVLayer effectsActive attribute” on When true, the layer's effects are active.
page 44
a d j us t m e n t L a y e r “AVLayer adjustmentLayer attribute” on When true, this is an adjustment layer.

page 41
gu ideLa y er “AVLayer frameBlendingType attribute” When true, this is a guide layer.

on page 45
t hre eDLa yer “AVLayer threeDLayer attribute” on When true, this is a 3D layer.
page 48
t hre eDP er C ha r “AVLayer threeDPerChar attribute” on When true, 3D is set on a per-character basis in
page 48 this text layer.
c a n Se tC o ll a p s e T ra n s f o r m a t i o n “AVLayer calculateTransformFrom- When true, it is legal to change the value of

Points() method” on page 43 c o l l a ps e T r an s f o r m a t i o n .
c o l l a p s e T r an s f o r m a t i o n “AVLayer collapseTransformation When true, collapse transformation is on.

attribute” on page 44
f r am e Bl e n di n g “AVLayer frameBlending attribute” on When true, frame blending is enabled.

page 45
f r am e Bl e n di n g T y p e “AVLayer frameBlendingType attribute” The type of frame blending for the layer.
on page 45
c a n Se tT i m e R em a p E n ab l e d “AVLayer canSetTimeRemapEnabled When true, it is legal to change the value of

attribute” on page 44 t i m e R e m a p E n a b le d .
t im eRem ap E n ab l e d “AVLayer timeRemapEnabled attribute” When true, time remapping is enabled on this
on page 48 layer.
h as Aud i o “AVLayer hasAudio attribute” on When true, the layer contains an audio compo-
page 45 nent.
a ud io Ac ti ve “AVLayer audioActive attribute” on When true, the layer's audio is active at the cur-
page 41 rent time.
b l e n d i n g M o de “AVLayer blendingMode attribute” on The blending mode of the layer.

page 42
p r e s e r v e T r a n s p a re n c y “AVLayer preserveTransparency When true, preserve transparency is enabled.

t rac k M a tt eT y p e “AVLayer trackMatteType attribute” on if layer has a track matte, specifies the way it is
page 49 applied.
40
41
i s T r a c k M a tt e “AVLayer isTrackMatte attribute” on When true, this layer is being used as a track
page 46 matte for the layer below it.
h as T rac k Ma tt e “AVLayer hasTrackMatte attribute” on When true, the layer above is being used as a
page 45 track matte on this layer.
q ual i t y “AVLayer quality attribute” on page 47 The layer quality setting.
a uto Ori e n t “AVLayer autoOrient attribute” on The type of automatic orientation for the layer.
page 42
Methods
a ud io Ac ti ve AtT im e () “AVLayer audioActiveAtTime() method” Reports whether this layer's audio is

on page 42 active at a given time.
calculateTransformFromPoints() “AVLayer calculateTransformFrom- Calculates a transformation from a set of

Points() method” on page 43 points in this layer.
re pla c eSource () “AVLayer replaceSource() method” on Changes the source item for this layer.
page 47
s o u r ce R e c t A t T im e () “AVLayer sourceRectAtTime() method” Retrieves the source rectangle of a layer.

on page 48
AVLayer adjustmentLayer attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) . a d j u s t m e n t L a y e r
Description
True if the layer is an adjustment layer.
Type
AVLayer audioActive attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) .a u d i o A c t iv e
Description
True if the layer's audio is active at the current time.

For this value to be true, a ud io E n ab l ed must be true, no other layer with audio may be soloing unless this layer
is soloed too, and the time must be between the i n P o i n t and o u t P o i n t of this layer.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
41
42
AVLayer audioActiveAtTime() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( inde x) . a ud i o A c t i v e A t T i m e ( t i m e )
Description
Returns true if this layer's audio will be active at the specified time.
For this method to return true, a ud i oE n a b le d must be true, no other layer with audio may be soloing unless
this layer is soloed too, and the time must be between the i n P o i n t and o u t P o i n t of this layer.
Parameters
t im e The time, in seconds. A floating-point value.
Returns
Boolean.
AVLayer audioEnabled attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) .a u d i o E n a bl e d
Description
When true, the layer's audio is enabled. This value corresponds to the audio toggle switch in the Timeline
panel.
Type
AVLayer autoOrient attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) .a u t o Or i e n t
Description
The type of automatic orientation to perform for the layer.
Type
An A u t o O ri e n t T y p e enumerated value; read/write. One of:

A u t o O ri e n tT y p e . A L O N G _ P A T H
A u t o O r i e n tT y p e . C A ME R A _ O R _ PO I N T _ O F _ I N T E R E ST
Au toO ri en tT y p e.N O _ AU T O_ O R I E N T
AVLayer blendingMode attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) .b l e n di n g M o d e
Description
The blending mode of the layer.
Type
A Blend i ngMo de enumerated value; read/write. One of:
42
43
B le n ding Mode.A DD
B le n d in g Mod e.A L P HA_ A DD
B le n d in g M o d e . C L A S S I C _ C O L O R _ B UR N
B le n d in g M o d e . C L A S S I C _ C O L O R _ D O D G E
B le n d i n g M o d e . C L A S S I C _ D I F F E R E N C E
B le n d in g M o d e . C OL O R
B le n d in g M o d e . C OL O R _ B UR N
B le n d in g M o d e . C OL O R _ D O D G E
B le n d in g M o d e . D A N C I N G _ D I S S O L V E
B le n d i n g M o d e . D AR K E N
B le n d ing Mod e.D ARK E R_COL OR
B le n d i n g M o d e . D I F F E R E N C E
B le n d in g M o d e . D I S S O L V E
B le n di n g M o d e . E XCL U S I O N
B le n d in g Mod e.H AR D_ L I G H T
B le n di n g M o d e . H AR D_ M I X
B le n ding Mode.H UE
B le n d i n g M o d e . L I G H T E N
B le n d in g M o d e . L I G H T E R _ C O L O R
B le n d in g M o d e . L I N E A R _ B U R N
B le n di n g M o d e . L I N E A R _ D O D G E
B le n d i n g M o d e . L I N E A R _ L I GH T
B le n ding Mode.L UMIN E SC ENT_PREMU L
B le n d i n g M o d e . L UM I N OS I T Y
B le n d in g M o d e . M UL T I PL Y
B le n ding Mode.N ORM AL
B le n d in g M o d e . O V E RL A Y
B le n d in g M o d e . P I N _ L I GH T
B le n d in g M o d e . S A T U R A T I O N
B le n d i n g M o d e . S C R E E N
B le n d in g M o d e . S I L H O U E T E _ A L P H A
B le n d in g M o d e . S I L H O U E T T E _ L U M A
B le n d in g M o d e . S O F T _ L I G H T
B le n d in g M o d e . S T E N C I L _ A L P H A
B le n d in g M o d e . S T E N C I L _ L U M A
B le n d in g M o d e . V I V I D _ L I G H T
AVLayer calculateTransformFromPoints() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( inde x) .c a l c u l at e T r a n s for m F r o m P o i n t s( p o i n t To p L e f t , p o i n t T o p R ig h t , p o i n t -
B ottomRig ht )
Description
Calculates a transformation from a set of points in this layer.
Parameters
p o i n tT o pL e f t The top left point coordinates in the form of an array, [ x, y , z ] .
p o i n tT o pR ig h t The top right point coordinates in the form of an array, [x , y, z] .
p oi n tB ot tom Ri g ht The bottom right point coordinates in the form of an array, [x , y , z] .
43
44
Returns
An Object with the transformation properties set.
Example
va r new L a y er = comp.layer s. add(ne wFoo ta ge);
ne wLa y er. thr eeD Layer = t rue ;
n e w L a y e r . b le n d in g M o d e = B l e n d i n g M o d e . A L P H A _ A D D ;
va r t rans f orm = new L aye r.calcu late Tra n sf orm F romP oints ( tl, t r, bl) ;
for(va r se l in tra n sfor m) {
n e w L a y e r . tr a n s f o r m [ s e l ] .s e t V al u e ( tr a n s for m [s e l ] ) ;
}
AVLayer canSetCollapseTransformation attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) . c a n S e t C ol l a p s e T r a n sf o r m a ti o n
Description
True if it is legal to change the value of the c o l l a p s e T r a n s f o r m a t io n attribute on this layer.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
AVLayer canSetTimeRemapEnabled attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) . c a n S e t T im e R e m a p E n a b l e d
Description
True if it is legal to change the value of the time RemapE nabled attribute on this layer.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
AVLayer collapseTransformation attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) .c o ll a ps e T r an s f o r m a ti o n
Description
True if collapse transformation is on for this layer.
Type
AVLayer effectsActive attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) . e ff e c t sA c t i v e
Description
True if the layer's effects are active, as indicated by the <f> icon next to it in the user interface.
44
45
Type
AVLayer frameBlending attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) .f r a m e B l e n d in g
Description
True if frame blending is enabled for the layer.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
AVLayer frameBlendingType attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) .f r a m e B l e n d in g T y pe
Description
The type of frame blending to perform when frame blending is enabled for the layer.
Type
A F r a m e B l e n d i n g T y p e enumerated value; read/write. One of:

F r a m e B l e n d in g T y pe . F R A M E _ M I X
F r a m e B l e n d in g T y pe . N O _ F R A M E _ B L E N D
F r a m e B l e n d in g T y pe . P I X E L _ M O T I O N
AVLayer guideLayer attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) .g u i de L ay e r
Description
True if the layer is a guide layer.
Type
AVLayer hasAudio attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) .h as A u d i o
Description
True if the layer contains an audio component, regardless of whether it is audio-enabled or soloed.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
AVLayer hasTrackMatte attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) .h as T r a c kM a tt e
45
46
Description
True if the layer in front of this layer is being used as a track matte on this layer. When true, this layer's t rac k -
M a t t e T y p e value controls how the matte is applied.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
AVLayer height attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) .h e i g ht
Description
The height of the layer in pixels.
Type
Floating-point; read-only.
AVLayer isNameFromSource attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) .i s N am e F r o m S o u r c e
Description
True if the layer has no expressly set name, but contains a named source. In this case, l a y e r. n am e has the same
value as l a y e r .s ource .name .
False if the layer has an expressly set name, or if the layer does not have a source.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
AVLayer isTrackMatte attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) l a y e r (i nd e x) .i s T r ac k M a tt e
Description
True if this layer is being used as a track matte for the layer behind it.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
AVLayer motionBlur attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) .m o ti o n B l u r
Description
True if motion blur is enabled for the layer.
Type
46
47
AVLayer preserveTransparency attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) .p r e se r v e T r an s p ar e n c y
Description
True if preserve transparency is enabled for the layer.
Type
AVLayer quality attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) .q u a l it y
Description
The quality with which this layer is displayed.
Type
A L a y e r Qu a l i t y enumerated value; read/write. One of:

LayerQuality.BEST
L a y e r Q u a l i t y . D R AF T
LayerQuality.WIREFRAME
AVLayer replaceSource() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( inde x) .r ep l ac eS our c e ( ne wS o ur ce , f ix Ex p re s si on s )
Description
Replaces the source for this layer.
Parameters
newSource The new source AVItem object.
f i xE xp re ss i on s T rue to adjust expressions for the new source, fa l se otherwise. Note that this feature can be
resource-intensive; if replacing a large amount of footage, do this only at the end of the operation.
See also “Project autoFixExpressions() method” on page 110.
Returns
Nothing.
AVLayer source attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) .s o u r c e
Description
The source AVItem for this layer. The value is null in a Text layer. Use AV Layer .re pla ce S ource () to change the
value.
Type
AVItem object; read-only.
47
48
AVLayer sourceRectAtTime() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( inde x) . s o u rc e R e ct A t T i m e ( t i m e T , e x t e n t s )
Description
Retrieves the rectangle bounds of the layer at the specified time index, corrected for text or shape layer content.
Use, for example, to write text that is properly aligned to the baseline.
Parameters
t im eT The time index, in seconds. A floating-point value.
e x t en t s T rue to include the extents, fa l se otherwise. Extents apply to shape layers, increasing the size of
the layer bounds as necessary.
Returns
A JavaScript object with four attributes, [ to p, left , w i dt h, heigh t] .
AVLayer threeDLayer attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x).t hr eeD Layer
Description
True if this is a 3D layer.
Type
AVLayer threeDPerChar attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x).t hr eeD Pe rCha r
Description
True if this layer has the Enable Per-character 3D switch set, allowing its characters to be animated off the
plane of the text layer. Applies only to text layers.
Type
AVLayer timeRemapEnabled attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) . t i m e R e m a p E n a b l e d
Description
True if time remapping is enabled for this layer.
Type
48
49
AVLayer trackMatteType attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) .t ra ck Ma tt eT y p e
Description
If this layer has a track matte, specifies the way the track matte is applied.
Type
A T r a c k M a t t e T y p e enumerated value; read/write. One of:

TrackM atte Type .ALPHA
TrackM atte Type .ALPHA_INVER TED
TrackM atte Type .LUM A
TrackM atte Type .LUM A_INV E RTED
TrackMatteType.NO_TRACK_MATTE
AVLayer width attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x) .w i d th
Description
The width of the layer in pixels.
Type
Floating-point; read-only.
49
JavaScript Reference CameraLayer object
50
CameraLayer object
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r( in de x)
Description
The CameraLayer object represents a camera layer within a composition. Create it using the LayerCollection
object’s ad d C am e r a method; see “LayerCollection addCamera() method” on page 93. It can be accessed in an
item’s layer collection either by index number or by a name string.
• CameraLayer is a subclass of Layer. All methods and attributes of Layer are available when working with
CameraLayer. See “Layer object” on page 83.
AE Properties
CameraLayer defines no additional attributes, but has different AE properties than other layer types. It has the
following properties and property groups:
Ma r k e r
T r a n s f o rm
P oi n t o f In ter es t
P o s i ti o n
S c al e
X R o t at io n
Y R o t at io n
Ro ta ti on
O pa c i ty
C a m e r a O p t io n s
Zoom
D ep th of F i el d
F o c u s D is t a n c e
B l ur L ev el
50
JavaScript Reference Collection object
51
Collection object
Like an array, a collection associates a set of objects or values as a logical group and provides access to them
by index. However, most collection objects are read-only. You do not assign objects to them yourself—their
contents update automatically as objects are created or deleted.
The index numbering of a collection starts with 1, not 0.
Objects
Object Reference Description
I t e m C o l le c t i o n “ItemCollection object” on page 79 All of the items (imported files, folders, solids, and so on) found in
the Project panel.
L a y e r C o ll e c t i o n “LayerCollection object” on All of the layers in a composition.

page 92
OMCollection “OMCollection object” on page 104 All of the Output Module items in the project.
R Q I t e m C o l l e ct i o n “RenderQueueItem object” on All of the render-queue items in the project.

page 155
Attributes
leng th The number of objects in the collection.
Methods
[] Retrieves an object in the collection by its index number. The first object is at index 1.
51
JavaScript Reference CompItem object
52
CompItem object
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m s[i n d ex ]
Description
The CompItem object represents a composition, and allows you to manipulate and get information about it.
Access the objects by position index number in a project’s i t e m collection.
• CompItem is a subclass of AVItem, which is a subclass of Item. All methods and attributes of AVItem and
Item, in addition to those listed below, are available when working with CompItem. See “AVItem object”
on page 32 and “Item object” on page 76.
Example
Given that the first item in the project is a CompItem, the following code displays two alerts. The first shows
the number of layers in the CompItem, and the second shows the name of the last layer in the CompItem.
va r f ir st C omp = ap p. pr oje ct .i t em( 1) ;
a l e r t (" n u m b e r o f l a y e r s i s " + f i r s t C o m p . n u m L a y e r s ) ;
a l ert (" n a m e of l as t l a y er i s " + f i rs t C o m p. la y er( f ir st C o m p .n u m L ay e rs ).n am e) ;
Attributes
f ram eDu rat ion “CompItem frameDuration attribute” on The duration of a single frame.
page 55
w o r k A r e aS ta r t “CompItem workAreaStart attribute” on The work area start time.

page 59
w o r k A r e aD ur a t i o n “CompItem workAreaDuration The work area duration.

numLayers “CompItem numLayers attribute” on The number of layers in the composition.

page 56
h id eS hy L a y ers “CompItem hideShyLayers attribute” on When true, shy layers are visible in the Timeline panel.
page 55
m o t i o n B lu r “CompItem motionBlur attribute” on When true, motion blur is enabled for this composi-
page 56 tion.
d r a ft 3 d “CompItem draft3d attribute” on When true, Draft 3D mode is enabled for the Compo-
page 54 sition panel.
f r am e Bl e n di n g “CompItem frameBlending attribute” When true, time filtering is enabled for this composi-
on page 54 tion.
preser veNe st edFrame Rat e “CompItem preserveNestedFrameRate When true, the frame rate of nested compositions is
attribute” on page 56 preserved.
preserveNestedResolution “CompItem preserveNestedResolution When true, the resolution of nested compositions is

attribute” on page 57 preserved.
bgColor “CompItem bgColor attribute” on The background color of the composition.

page 53
a ct i veC a m er a “CompItem activeCamera attribute” on The current active camera layer.

page 53
displayStartTime “CompItem displayStartTime attribute” Changes the display of the start time in the Timeline
on page 54 panel.
52
53
re so lu tionFa ctor “CompItem resolutionFactor attribute” The factor by which the x and y resolution of the Com-
on page 57 position panel is downsampled.
s h u t te r A n g le “CompItem shutterAngle attribute” on The camera shutter angle.

page 58
s h u t te r P h a se “CompItem shutterPhase attribute” on The camera shutter phase.

page 58
l a ye r s “CompItem layers attribute” on page 56 The layers of the composition.

“LayerCollection object” on page 92
s e l e c t e d L ay e r s “CompItem selectedLayers attribute” on The selected layers of the composition.

page 58
s e l e c t e d P r o p e r t ie s “CompItem selectedProperties The selected properties of the composition.

re nde rer “CompItem renderer attribute” on The rendering plugin module to be used to render
page 57 this composition.
re nde rer s “CompItem renderers attribute” on The set of available rendering plugin modules.
page 57
Methods
d u p l i ca te () “CompItem duplicate() method” on page 54 Creates and returns a duplicate of this composition.
l a ye r ( ) “CompItem layer() method” on page 55 Gets a layer from this composition.
CompItem activeCamera attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .a ct i veC a m er a
Description
The active camera, which is the front-most camera layer that is enabled. The value is null if the composition
contains no enabled camera layers.
Type
CameraLayer object; read-only.
CompItem bgColor attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .b g C o lo r
Description
The background color of the composition. The three array values specify the red, green, and blue components
of the color.
Type
An array containing three floating-point values, [R, G, B], in the range [0.0..1.0]; read/write.
53
54
CompItem displayStartTime attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .d i sp l ay S ta r t T im e
Description
The time set as the beginning of the composition, in seconds. This is the equivalent of the Start Timecode or
Start Frame setting in the Composition Settings dialog box.
Type
Floating-point value in the range [0.0...86339.0] (1 second less than 25 hours); read/write.
CompItem draft3d attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .d r af t 3 d
Description
When true, Draft 3D mode is enabled for the Composition panel. This corresponds to the value of the Draft
3D button in the Composition panel.
Type
CompItem duplicate() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .d u p l ic a te ()
Description
Creates and returns a duplicate of this composition, which contains the same layers as the original.
Parameters
None.
Returns
CompItem object.
CompItem frameBlending attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .f r am e Bl e n di n g
Description
When true, frame blending is enabled for this Composition. Corresponds to the value of the Frame Blending
button in the Composition panel.
Type
Boolean; if true, frame blending is enabled; read/write.
54
55
CompItem frameDuration attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .fram eDu rat i on
Description
The duration of a frame, in seconds. This is the inverse of the fr ameR at e value (frames-per-second).
Type
Floating-point; read/write.
CompItem hideShyLayers attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .h i d e S h y L a y e r s
Description
When true, only layers with s h y set to false are shown in the Timeline panel. When false, all layers are visible,
including those whose sh y value is true. Corresponds to the value of the Hide All Shy Layers button in the
Composition panel.
Type
CompItem layer() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( inde x)
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( ot h er La y er , r elI n de x)
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r ( na m e )
Description
Returns a Layer object, which can be specified by name, an index position in this layer, or an index position
relative to another layer.
Parameters
index The index number of the desired layer in this composition. An integer in the range [1...num-
Layers], where n u m L a y e r s is the number of layers in the composition.
—or—
otherLayer A Layer object in this composition. The relIn de x value is added to the index value of this
layer to find the position of the desired layer.
relIndex The position of the desired layer, relative to oth erLa y er . An integer in the range [1–othe r-
L a ye r . i n d e x . . . numLayers–ot her L ayer .index ], where n u m L a y e r s is the number of
layers in the composition.
This value is added to the oth erLa y er value to derive the absolute index of the layer to
return.
—or—
name The string containing the name of the desired layer.
55
56
Returns
Layer object.
CompItem layers attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l a y e r s
Description
A LayerCollection object that contains all the Layer objects for layers in this composition. See “LayerCol-
lection object” on page 92.
Type
LayerCollection object; read-only.
CompItem motionBlur attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .m o t i o n B l u r
Description
When true, motion blur is enabled for the composition. Corresponds to the value of the Motion Blur button
in the Composition panel.
Type
CompItem numLayers attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .num L ayer s
Description
The number of layers in the composition.
Type
Integer; read-only.
CompItem preserveNestedFrameRate attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p r e s e r v e N e s t e d F r a m e Ra t e
Description
When true, the frame rate of nested compositions is preserved in the current composition. Corresponds to the
value of the “Preserve frame rate when nested or in render queue” option in the Advanced tab of the Compo-
sition Settings dialog box.
Type
56
57
CompItem preserveNestedResolution attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p r e s e r v e N e s t e d R e s o l u t io n
Description
When true, the resolution of nested compositions is preserved in the current composition. Corresponds to the
value of the “Preserve Resolution When Nested” option in the Advanced tab of the Composition Settings
dialog box.
Type
CompItem renderer attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .re nde rer
Description
The current rendering plugin module to be used to render this composition, as set in the Advanced tab of the
Composition Settings dialog box. Allowed values are the members of c o m p I t e m.ren de rers .
Type
String; read/write.
CompItem renderers attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .re nde rer s
Description
The available rendering plugin modules. Member strings reflect installed modules, as seen in the Advanced
tab of the Composition Settings dialog box.
Type
Array of strings; read-only.
CompItem resolutionFactor attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .re solu tionFa ctor
Description
The x and y downsample resolution factors for rendering the composition.

The two values in the array specify how many pixels to skip when sampling; the first number controls
horizontal sampling, the second controls vertical sampling. Full resolution is [1,1], half resolution is [2,2], and
quarter resolution is [4,4]. The default is [1,1].
Type
Array of two integers in the range [1..99]; read/write.
57
58
CompItem selectedLayers attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .s e l e c t e d L ay e r s
Description
All of the selected layers in this composition. This is a 0-based array (the first object is at index 0).
Type
Array of Layer objects; read-only.
CompItem selectedProperties attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .s e l e c t e d P r o p e r t ie s
Description
All of the selected properties (Property and PropertyGroup objects) in this composition. The first property is
at index position 0.
Type
Array of Property and PropertyGroup objects; read-only.
CompItem shutterAngle attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .s h u t te r A n g l e
Description
The shutter angle setting for the composition. This corresponds to the Shutter Angle setting in the Advanced
Type
Integer in the range [0...720]; read/write.
CompItem shutterPhase attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .s h u t te r P h as e
Description
The shutter phase setting for the composition. This corresponds to the Shutter Phase setting in the Advanced
Type
Integer in the range [–360...360]; read/write.
CompItem workAreaDuration attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .w ork Are aD ura tion
Description
The duration of the work area in seconds. This is the difference of the start-point and end-point times of the
Composition work area.
58
59
Type
CompItem workAreaStart attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .workAre aSta rt
Description
The time when the Composition work area begins, in seconds.
Type
59
JavaScript Reference FileSource object
60
FileSource object
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . m a in So ur c e
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p roxySour ce
Description
The FileSource object describes footage that comes from a file.

• FileSource is a subclass of FootageSource. All methods and attributes of FootageSource, in addition to those
listed below, are available when working with FileSource. See “FootageSource object” on page 67.
Attributes
f i le “FileSource file attribute” on page 60 The file that defines this asset.
m i s s i n g F o ot a g e P a t h “FileSource missingFootagePath attribute” The file that contains footage missing from this asset.
on page 60
Methods
reload() “FileSource reload() method” on page 61 Reloads the asset from the file, if it is a m a i n So u r c e of
a FootageItem.
FileSource file attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .m a in So u r c e . fi l e
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . p r o x y S o u r ce .f i l e
Description
The ExtendScript File object for the file that defines this asset. To change the value:
• If this FileSource is a pr ox y So urc e of an AVItem, call s e t Pr o x y () or s et P rox y Wi th Se qu ence( ) .
• If this FileSource is a m a i n S o u r c e of a FootageItem, call re pla c e() or r e p l a c e W i t h S e q u e n c e ( ) .
Type
File object; read-only.
FileSource missingFootagePath attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . m a in So u r c e . fi l e . m is s i n g F o o t a g e Pa t h
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . p r o x y S o u r ce .f i l e . m i s s i n g F o o ta g e P a t h
Description
The path and filename of footage that is missing from this asset. See also “AVItem footageMissing attribute”
on page 33.
Type
String; read-only.
60
JavaScript Reference FileSource object
61
FileSource reload() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . m a in So u r c e . fi l e . m a i n S o u r ce . r e l o a d ( )
Description
Reloads the asset from the file. This method can be called only on a m a i n S o u rc e , not a p r o x y S o u r ce .
Parameters
None.
Returns
Nothing.
61
JavaScript Reference FolderItem object
62
FolderItem object
a pp . p r o j e c t .F o l d e r I t e m
Description
The FolderItem object corresponds to a folder in your Project panel. It can contain various types of items
(footage, compositions, solids) as well as other folders.
Example
Given that the second item in the project is a FolderItem, the following code puts up an alert for each top-level
item in the folder, showing that item’s name.
va r s ec ond It em = ap p. pr ojec t .i te m ( 2) ;
i f ( ! ( s e c o n d I t e m i n st a n ce o f F o l de r I t e m ) ) {
a l e r t (" p r o b l e m : s e c o n d i t e m i s n o t a f o l d e r " ) ;
} else {
f or ( i = 1 ; i <= se cond Item .numI tem s; i + +) {
a l e r t ( " i t e m n u m b e r " + i + " w i t h i n t h e f o l d e r i s n am e d "
+ se cond Ite m .ite m(i) .na m e) ;
}
}
Attributes
i te m s “FolderItem items attribute” on page 63 The contents of this folder.
nu mIte ms “FolderItem numItems attribute” on page 63 The number of items contained in the folder.
Methods
i te m ( ) “FolderItem item() method” on page 62 Gets an item from the folder.
FolderItem item() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .i te m
Description
Returns the top-level item in this folder at the specified index position. Note that “top-level” here means top-
level within the folder, not necessarily within the project.
Parameters
index An integer, the position index of the item to retrieve. The first item is at index 1.
Returns
Item object.
62
JavaScript Reference FolderItem object
63
FolderItem items attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .i te m s
Description
An ItemCollection object containing Item object that represent the top-level contents of this folder.
Unlike the ItemCollection in the Project object, this collection contains only the top-level items in the folder.
Top-level within the folder is not the same as top-level within the project. Only those items that are top-level
in the root folder are also top-level in the Project.
Type
ItemCollection object; read only.
FolderItem numItems attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .n u m I te m s
Description
The number of items contained in the i t e m s collection (f o l d e r I t e m .item s. le n gth ).

If the folder contains another folder, only the FolderItem for that folder is counted, not any subitems
contained in it.
Type
Integer; read only.
63
JavaScript Reference FootageItem object
64
FootageItem object
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m s[i n d ex ]
Description
The FootageItem object represents a footage item imported into a project, which appears in the Project panel.
These are accessed by position index number in a project’s i te m collection.
• FootageItem is a subclass of AVItem, which is a subclass of Item. All methods and attributes of AVItem and
Item, in addition to those listed below, are available when working with FootageItem. See “AVItem object”
on page 32 and “Item object” on page 76.
Attributes
f i le “FootageItem file attribute” on page 64 The footage source file.
m a i n So u r c e “FootageItem mainSource attribute” on page 65 All settings related to the footage item.
Methods
re pla c e() “FootageItem replace() method” on Replaces a footage file with another footage file.
page 65
r e pl a c e W i t h Pl a c e h o l de r () “FootageItem replaceWithPlace- Replaces a footage file with a placeholder object.

holder() method” on page 65
re pla c eWith S equ ence() “FootageItem replaceWithSequence() Replaces a footage file with an image sequence.
method” on page 66
replaceWithSolid() “FootageItem replaceWithSolid() Replaces a footage file with a solid.

FootageItem file attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .f i le
Description
The ExtendScript File object for the footage's source file.

If the FootageItem's m a i n So u r c e is a FileSource, this is the same as Fo o t age I t em . m ai n S our ce .f i le . Otherwise
it is null.
Type
File object; read only.
64
65
FootageItem mainSource attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .m a in So u r c e
Description
The footage source, an object that contains all of the settings related to that footage item, including those that
are normally accessed through the Interpret Footage dialog box. The attribute is read-only. To change its value,
call one of the FootageItem “replace” methods.
See the “FootageSource object” on page 67, and its three types:
• “SolidSource object” on page 168
• “FileSource object” on page 60
• “PlaceholderSource object” on page 108
If this is a FileSource object, and the f o o t a g e M i s s i n g value is true, the path to the missing footage file is in the
F i l e S o u r c e . m i s si n g F o o t a g e P a t h attribute. See “AVItem footageMissing attribute” on page 33 and
“FileSource missingFootagePath attribute” on page 60.
Type
FootageSource object; read-only.
FootageItem replace() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . r e pl a c e ( file )
Description
Changes the source of this FootageItem to the specified file. In addition to loading the file, the method creates
a new FileSource object for the file and sets m a in S o u rc e to that object. In the new source object, it sets the
n a m e , w i dt h , h ei g ht , fr ame Dur at io n , and du rat i on attributes (see “AVItem object” on page 32) based on the
contents of the file.
The method preserves interpretation parameters from the previous m a i n S o u r ce object. If the specified file has
an unlabeled alpha channel, the method estimates the alpha interpretation.
Parameters
file An ExtendScript File object for the file to be used as the footage main source.
FootageItem replaceWithPlaceholder() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .re pla ceWith Pla c eho ld er (n a m e, wid t h , he ig ht, fra m eR ate , d ura tio n )
Description
Changes the source of this FootageItem to the specified placeholder. Creates a new PlaceholderSource object,
sets its values from the parameters, and sets m a i n S o u rc e to that object.
Parameters
name A string containing the name of the placeholder.
w i dt h The width of the placeholder in pixels, an integer in the range [4..30000].
h ei g ht The height of the placeholder in pixels, an integer in the range [4..30000].
65
66
f r am e R a te The frame rate of the placeholder, a floating-point value in the range [1.0..99.0]
d u r a ti o n The duration of the placeholder in seconds, a floating-point value in the range [0.0..10800.0].
FootageItem replaceWithSequence() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .re pla ceWi th Se qu ence( file, forc eA l p h a b e t i c a l )
Description
Changes the source of this FootageItem to the specified image sequence. In addition to loading the file, the
method creates a new FileSource object for the file and sets m a in S o u rc e to that object. In the new source
object, it sets the n a m e , w i dt h , h ei g ht , f r a m e D u r at i o n , and du rat i on attributes (see “AVItem object” on
page 32) based on the contents of the file.
The method preserves interpretation parameters from the previous m a i n S o u r ce object. If the specified file has
an unlabeled alpha channel, the method estimates the alpha interpretation.
Parameters
file An ExtendScript File object for the first file in the sequence to be used as the footage main source.
f o r c e A l ph ab e t i c al When true, use the “Force alphabetical order” option.
FootageItem replaceWithSolid() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . r e pl a c e W i t h So l id (co l or , n am e , w idt h, h e igh t , p i xe l As p e ct )
Description
Changes the source of this FootageItem to the specified solid. Creates a new SolidSource object, sets its values
from the parameters, and sets m a i n S o u rc e to that object.
Parameters
color The color of the solid, an array of three floating-point values, [R, G, B], in the range [0.0..1.0].
name A string containing the name of the solid.
w i dt h The width of the solid in pixels, an integer in the range [4..30000].
h ei g ht The height of the solid in pixels, an integer in the range [4..30000].
p i xe l A s pe c t The pixel aspect ratio of the solid, a floating-point value in the range [0.01..100.0].
66
JavaScript Reference FootageSource object
67
FootageSource object
Description
The FootageSource object holds information describing the source of some footage. It is used as the
m a i n So u r c e of a FootageItem, or the pr ox y So urc e of a CompItem or FootageItem. See “FootageItem object”
on page 64 and “CompItem object” on page 52.
• FootageSource is the base class for SolidSource, so FootageSource attributes and methods are available
when working with SolidSource objects. See “SolidSource object” on page 168.
Attributes
h as Al ph a “FootageSource hasAlpha attribute” on When true, a footage clip or proxy includes an

page 70 alpha channel.
a l ph aMo de “FootageSource alphaMode attribute” The mode of an alpha channel.

on page 68
premulColor “FootageSource premulColor attribute” The color to be premultiplied.

on page 71
i n v e r tA l ph a “FootageSource invertAlpha attribute” When true, an alpha channel in a footage clip or

on page 70 proxy should be inverted.
i s St i l l “FootageSource isStill attribute” on When true, footage is a still image.

page 70
f i e l dS e pa r at i o n T y p e “FootageSource fieldSeparationType The field separation type.

h ig h Qu a l i ty F i e l d S e p a r a ti o n “FootageSource highQualityFieldSepa- How the fields are to be separated in non-still foot-

ration attribute” on page 70 age.
r e m o v e P u l ld o w n “FootageSource removePulldown The pulldown type for the footage.

loop “FootageSource loop attribute” on How many times an image sequence is set to loop.
page 71
na tive Fr ame Rat e “FootageSource nativeFrameRate The native frame rate of the footage.
d i sp l ay F r a m e R ate “FootageSource displayFrameRate The effective frame rate as displayed and rendered
attribute” on page 68 in compositions by After Effects.
conformFrameRate “FootageSource conformFrameRate The rate to which footage should conform.

Methods
guessAlphaMode() “FootageSource guessAlphaMode() Estimates the a l p h a M o d e setting.

g u e ss P u l l d o w n () “FootageSource guessPulldown() Estimates the p u l l do wn T yp e setting.

67
68
FootageSource alphaMode attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . m a in So ur c e. alp haM od e
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p roxySour ce .a l p h a M o d e
Description
The alphaMode attribute of footageSource defines how the alpha information in the footage is to be inter-
preted. If hasAlpha is false, this attribute has no relevant meaning.
Type
An A l p h a M o d e enumerated value; (read/write). One of:

AlphaMode.IGNORE
AlphaMode.STRAIGHT
Alpha Mode. PR EMU L TIPLIED
FootageSource conformFrameRate attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . m a in So ur c e. co n f o rm F r a m e R a t e
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p roxySour ce .c o n f o r m F r a m e R a t e
Description
A frame rate to use instead of the na tive Frame Rat e value. If set to 0, the na tive Frame Rat e is used instead.
It is an error to set this value if F o o t a g e So u r c e . i sS ti l l is true. It is an error to set this value to 0 if r em ove -
P u l l d o w n is not set to P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . O F F . If this is 0 when you set r e m o v e P u ll d o w n to a value other than
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . O F F , then this is automatically set to the value of na tive Fram eRat e .
Type
Floating-point value in the range [0.0.. 99.0]; read/write.
FootageSource displayFrameRate attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . m a in So ur c e. di s pl a y F rame Rat e
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p roxySour ce .d i sp l ay F r a m e R a te
Description
The effective frame rate as displayed and rendered in compositions by After Effects.
If r e m o v e P u l ld o w n is P u l l do wn P h a s e . O F F , then this is the same as the co n f o rm F r a m e R a t e (if non-zero) or
the na tive Frame Rat e (if c o n f o r m F r a m e R a t e is 0). If r e m o v e P u l ld o w n is not Pu l ld ow n P ha se .O FF , this is
c o n f o r m F r a m e R a t e * 0.8, the effective frame rate after removing 1 of every 5 frames.
Type
Floating-point value in the range [0.0.. 99.0]; read-only.
68
69
FootageSource fieldSeparationType attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . m a in So ur c e. f i e l d S e p a r a ti o n T y p e
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p roxySour ce .f ie l dS e p a r at i o n T y p e
Description
How the fields are to be separated in non-still footage.

It is an error to set this attribute if i sS t i ll is true. It is an error to set this value to Fie l dSepa rat io nType.O F F if
r e m o v e P u l ld o w n is not Pu ll d ow n P ha se .OF F .
Type
A Fie l dS ep ar at io nType enumerated value; read/write. One of:

F i e l d S e p a r a ti o n T y p e . O F F
FieldSeparationType.UPPER_FIELD_FIRST
FieldSeparationType.LOWER_FIELD_FIRST
FootageSource guessAlphaMode() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .ma in So urce. gue s s A l ph aM o d e ()
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p roxySour ce .gue ss Alp ha Mod e( )
Description
Sets a l ph aMo de , p r e m u l C o l o r , and i n v e r tA lp h a to the best estimates for this footage source. If h a s A l p h a is
false, no change is made.
Parameters
None.
Returns
Nothing.
FootageSource guessPulldown() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . m a in So ur c e . g u e s s P u ll d o w n ( m et h o d)
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p roxySour ce .gue ss P ulld own ( m e t h o d )
Description
Sets f i el d Se pa ra ti on T y p e and r e m ov e P u l l d o w n to the best estimates for this footage source. If i s St i l l is true,
no change is made.
Parameters
me tho d The method to use for estimation. A P u l l d o w n M e t h o d enumerated value, one of:
P u l l d o w n M e th od . P U L L D O W N _ 3 _ 2
Pulldow nMe th od. AD VANCE _ 24P
Returns
Nothing.
69
70
FootageSource hasAlpha attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . m a in So ur c e. h a s A l p h a
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p roxySour ce .ha sA lph a
Description
When true, the footage has an alpha component. In this case, the attributes a l p h a M o d e , in v ert Al p ha , and
p r e m u l C o l o r have valid values. When false, those attributes have no relevant meaning for the footage.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
FootageSource highQualityFieldSeparation attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . m a in So ur c e. h i g h Q ua li t y F i e l d S e p a r a t i o n
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p roxySour ce .h i g h Qu a l i ty F i e l d S e p a r a ti o n
Description
When true, After Effects uses special algorithms to determine how to perform high-quality field separation.
It is an error to set this attribute if i sS t il l is true, or if fie ld S ep ar at io nType is Fie l dSepa rat io nType.O F F .
Type
FootageSource invertAlpha attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . m a in So ur c e. in v ert Al p ha
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p roxySour ce .i n v e r tA lp h a
Description
When true, an alpha channel in a footage clip or proxy should be inverted.

This attribute is valid only if an alpha is present. If ha sA lph a is false, or if a l ph aMo de is A l p h a M o d e . I G N O R E ,
this attribute is ignored.
Type
FootageSource isStill attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . m a in So ur c e. is S ti l l
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p roxySour ce .i sS t i ll
Description
When true the footage is still; when false, it has a time-based component.
Examples of still footage are JPEG files, solids, and placeholders with duration of 0. Examples of non-still
footage are movie files, sound files, sequences, and placeholders of non-zero duration.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
70
71
FootageSource loop attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . m a in So ur c e. l o o p
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p roxySour ce .l o o p
Description
The number of times that the footage is to be played consecutively when used in a composition.
It is an error to set this attribute if i sS t il l is true.
Type
Integer in the range [1.. 9999]; default is 1; read/write.
FootageSource nativeFrameRate attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . m a in So ur c e. n at iv eF ra m eRa te
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p roxySour ce .na tiveFr ameR at e
Description
The native frame rate of the footage.
Type
FootageSource premulColor attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . m a in So ur c e. pr emul Co lo r
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p roxySour ce .p r e m u l C o l o r
Description
The color to be premultiplied. This attribute is valid only if the a l p haM od e is a l ph aM ode .PREMU L TIPLIED .
Type
Array of three floating-point values [ R , G, B] , in the range [0.0..1.0]; read/write.
FootageSource removePulldown attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . m a in So ur c e. r e m o v e P u l l d o w n
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p roxySour ce .r e m o v e Pul l d o w n
Description
How the pulldowns are to be removed when field separation is used.

It is an error to set this attribute if i sS t il l is true. It is an error to attempt to set this to a value other than
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . O F F in the case where f ie l dS e p a r at i o n T y p e is F i e l d S e pa ra t i o n T y p e . O F F .
Type
A Pu ll d ow n P ha se enumerated value; read/write. One of:

P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . R e m o v e P u l l do wn . O F F
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . R e m o v e P u l l do wn . W S SW W
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . R e m o v e P u l l do wn . SS W W W
71
72
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . R e m o v e P u l l do wn . SW W W S
P u l l d o w n P h a s e . R e m o v e P u l l d o wn . W W W S S
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . R e m o v e P u l l do wn . W W S S W
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . R e m o v e P u l l d o wn . W S SW W _ 2 4 P _ A D V A N C E
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . R e m o v e P u l l do wn . SS W W W _ 2 4 P _ A D V A N C E
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . R e m o v e P u l l do wn . SW W W S _ 2 4 P _ A D V A N C E
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . R e m o v e P u l l do wn . W W W S S _ 2 4 P _ A D V A N C E
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . R e m o v e P u l l do wn . W W S S W _ 2 4 P _ A D V A N C E
72
JavaScript Reference ImportOptions object
73
ImportOptions object
n e w I m p o r tO pt i o n s () ;
n e w I m p o r tO pt i o n s (f i l e ) ;
Description
The ImportOptions object encapsulates the options used to import a file with the P r o je c t .i m p o r t F il e
methods. See “Project importFile() method” on page 112.
The constructor takes an optional parameter, an ExtendScript File object for the file. If it is not supplied, you
must explicitly set the value of the f i l e attribute before using the object with the i m p o r t Fi l e method. For
example:
n e w I m p o r tO pt i o n s () .f i l e = n e w F il e (" m y f i l e .p s d" ) ;
Attributes
Attributes Reference Description
importAs “ImportOptions importAs attribute” on The type of file to be imported.

page 74
sequence “ImportOptions sequence attribute” on When true, import a sequence of files, rather than an individ-
page 75 ual file.
f o r c e A l ph ab e t i c al “ImportOptions forceAlphabetical When true, the “Force alphabetical order” option is set.
f i le “ImportOptions file attribute” on The file to import, or the first file of the sequence to import.
page 74
Methods
c a n I m p o r t A s( ) “ImportOptions canImportAs() method” Restricts input to a particular file type.

on page 73
ImportOptions canImportAs() method

i m p o r t O p t i o n s .ca n Imp ort As (t y p e )
Description
Reports whether the file can be imported as the source of a particular object type. If this method returns true,
you can set the given type as the value of the i m p o r t A s attribute. See “ImportOptions importAs attribute” on
page 74.
Parameters
t y pe The type of file that can be imported. An I m p o r t A s T y p e enumerated value; one of:
ImportAsType.COMP
I m p o r t A s T y p e . F O O T A GE
I m p ort As T y pe .C O MP _ C R O PP E D _ L AY E R S
ImportAsType.PROJECT
73
74
Returns
Boolean.
Example
v a r i o = n e w I m p o r t Op ti o n s( F i le (“ c : \ \ m y F il e .p sd ” ) );
if io .canIm po rtA s(ImportAsType .CO MP);
i o .i m p o r tAs = I m po r tA sT yp e . C OM P ;
ImportOptions file attribute

importOptions.file
Description
The file to be imported. If a file is set in the constructor, you can access it through this attribute.
Type
ExtendScript File object; read/write.
ImportOptions forceAlphabetical attribute

i m p o r t O p t i o n s .f orce Alph abe tical
Description
When true, has the same effect as setting the “Force alphabetical order” option in the File > Import > File
dialog box.
Type
ImportOptions importAs attribute

i m p o r t O p t i o n s . i m p o r t As
Description
The type of object for which the imported file is to be the source. Before setting, use c a n I m p o r t A s to check
that a given file can be imported as the source of the given object type. See “ImportOptions canImportAs()
method” on page 73.
Type
An I m p o r t A s T y p e enumerated value; read/write. One of:

I m p o r tA s T y p e .C O M P _ C R O P PE D_ L A Y E R S
I m p o r tA s T y p e .F O O T A G E
I m p o r tA s T y p e .C O M P
I m p o r tA s T y p e .P R O J E C T
74
75
ImportOptions sequence attribute

i m p o r t O p t i o n s .s eq uence
Description
When true, a sequence is imported; otherwise, an individual file is imported.
Type
75
JavaScript Reference Item object
76
Item object
a pp . p r o j e c t .i t e m ( i n d e x )
a pp . p r o j e c t . i te m s[ i n de x ]
Description
The Item object represents an item that can appear in the Project panel.
The first item is at index 1.
• Item is the base class for AVItem and for FolderItem, which are in turn the base classes for various other
item types, so Item attributes and methods are available when working with all of these item types. See
“AVItem object” on page 32 and “FolderItem object” on page 62.
Attributes
Attributes Reference Description
name “Item name attribute” on page 77 The name of the object as shown in the Project panel.
comment “Item comment attribute” on page 77 A descriptive string.
id “Item id attribute” on page 77 A unique identifier for this item.
p ar e n tF o l de r “Item parentFolder attribute” on page 77 The parent folder of this item.
selected “Item selected attribute” on page 78 When true, this item is currently selected.
t y pe N am e “Item typeName attribute” on page 78 The type of item.
Methods
re move () “Item remove() method” on page 78 Deletes the item from the project.
Example
This example gets the second item from the project and checks that it is a folder. It then removes from the
folder any top-level item that is not currently selected. It also checks to make sure that, for each item in the
folder, the parent is properly set to the correct folder.
var myFolder = app.project.item(2);
i f (m y F o l d e r .ty p e N a m e ! = " F o l d e r " ) {
a l ert ("er ror: se cond it em is not a folde r");
}
else {
var numInFolder = myFolder.numItems;
/ / A l w ay s r u n lo o p s b a c kw ar ds w hen d el e ti n g t hi n g s :
for(i = numInFolder; i >= 1; i--) {
va r curI tem = myFolder. i tem (i);
if ( cur I te m.pare ntFo ld er != m yFo lde r) {
a l ert (" er ro rw i th i n AE : t he pa ren t F o l d er i s n o t s et c o rre c tl y " ) ;
}
else {
i f ( ! c u rI t e m . s e l e c t ed & & c u r I t e m . t y p e N a m e = = " F o o t a g e " ) {
/ / A h a ! a n u n s e l e c t e d so l id .
curItem.remove();
76
77
}
}
}
}
Item comment attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .c o m m e n t
Description
A string that holds a comment, up to 15,999 bytes in length after any encoding conversion. The comment is
for the user's purpose only; it has no effect on the item's appearance or behavior.
Type
String; read/write.
Item id attribute
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .i d
Description
A unique and persistent identification number used internally to identify an item between sessions. The value
of the ID remains the same when the project is saved to a file and later reloaded. However, when you import
this project into another project, new IDs are assigned to all items in the imported project. The ID is not
displayed anywhere in the user interface.
Type
Integer; read-only.
Item name attribute

a pp . p r o j e c t .i t e m ( i n d e x ) . n a m e
Description
The name of the item as displayed in the Project panel.
Type
String; read/write.
Item parentFolder attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .p ar e n tF o ld e r
Description
The FolderItem object for the folder that contains this item. If this item is at the top level of the project, this
is the project's root folder (a pp . p r o j e c t . r o o t F o l d e r ). You can use the ItemCollection’s ad d F o l de r method to
add a new folder, and set this value to put items in the new folder. See “ItemCollection addFolder() method”
on page 79.
77
78
Type
FolderItem object; read/write.
Example
This script creates a new FolderItem in the Project panel and moves compositions into it.
/ / c r e at e a n e w F o l d e r I t e m in p r o je c t , w i t h n a m e “ c o m p s ”
v a r c o m p F o l d e r = ap p .p r o j e c t. it e m s .a dd F o l d e r ( “ c o m p s ” );
/ / m o v e a l l c o m po s i t i o n s i n t o n e w f o l d e r b y s e t t in g
/ / c o m p I t e m ’ s p a r e n tF o l d e r t o “ c o m p s ” f o l d e r
f o r ( v a r i = 1 ; i < = a p p . p r o j e ct . n u m I t e m s ; i + + ) {
if (a pp .p ro ject .item (i) in st anceo f Co mp Item )
a pp . p r o j e c t .i t e m ( i ) . p a r e n t F o l d e r = c o m p F o l d e r ;
}
Item remove() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .re m ove ()
Description
Deletes this item from the project and from the Project panel. If the item is a FolderItem, all the items
contained in the folder are also removed from the project. No files or folders are removed from disk.
Parameters
None.
Returns
Nothing.
Item selected attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .s e l e c t e d
Description
When true, this item is selected. Multiple items can be selected at the same time. Set to true to select the item
programmatically, or to false to deselect it.
Type
Item typeName attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .t yp eN am e
Description
A user-readable name for the item type; for example, “Folder”, “Footage”, or “Composition”.
Type
String; read-only.
78
JavaScript Reference ItemCollection object
79
ItemCollection object
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m s
Description
The ItemCollection object represents a collection of items. The ItemCollection belonging to a Project object
contains all the Item objects for items in the project. The ItemCollection belonging to a FolderItem object
contains all the Item objects for items in that folder.
• ItemCollection is a subclass of Collection. All methods and attributes of Collection, in addition to those
listed below, are available when working with ItemCollection. See “Collection object” on page 51.
Methods
a dd C om p( ) “ItemCollection addComp() method” on Creates a new CompItem object and adds it to the collection.
page 79
a dd F o l d e r ( ) “ItemCollection addFolder() method” on Creates a new FolderItemobject and adds it to the collection.
page 79
ItemCollection addComp() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m C o l l e c ti o n.ad d C o m p ( n am e , w i dt h , h ei gh t , p ix el A s p ec t , d u ra t io n , f ra m e Rat e )
Description
Creates a new composition. Creates and returns a new CompItem object and adds it to this collection.
If the ItemCollection belongs to the project or the root folder, then the new item’s pa rent F ol d er is the root
folder. If the ItemCollection belongs to any other folder, the new item’s pa rent F ol d er is that F o l d e r I t e m .
Parameters
name A string containing the name of the composition.
w i dt h The width of the composition in pixels, an integer in the range [4..30000].
h ei g ht The height of the composition in pixels, an integer in the range [4..30000].
p i xe l A s pe c t The pixel aspect ratio of the composition, a floating-point value in the range [0.01..100.0].
d u r a ti o n The duration of the composition in seconds, a floating-point value in the range [0.0..10800.0].
f r am e R a te The frame rate of the composition, a floating-point value in the range [1.0..99.0]
Returns
CompItem object.
ItemCollection addFolder() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m C o l l e c ti o n.ad d F o l d e r ( n a m e )
Description
Creates a new folder. Creates and returns a new FolderItem object and adds it to this collection.
79
JavaScript Reference ItemCollection object
80
If the ItemCollection belongs to the project or the root folder, then the new folder’s pa ren tF ol d er is the root
folder. If the ItemCollection belongs to any other folder, the new folder’s p ar e n t F o l de r is that F o ld e r I t e m .
To put items in the folder, set the item object’s pa rent F ol d er attribute; see “Item parentFolder attribute” on
page 77.
Parameters
name A string containing the name of the folder.
Returns
FolderItem object.
Example
This script creates a new FolderItem in the Project panel and moves compositions into it.
/ / c r e at e a n e w F o l d e r I t e m in p r o je c t , w i t h n a m e “ c o m p s ”
v a r c o m p F o l d e r = ap p .p r o j e c t. it e m s .a dd F o l d e r ( “ c o m p s ” );
/ / m o v e a l l c o m po s i t i o n s i n t o n e w f o l d e r b y s e t t in g
/ / c o m p I t e m ’ s p a r e n tF o l d e r t o “ c o m p s ” f o l d e r
f o r ( v a r i = 1 ; i < = a p p . p r o j e ct . n u m I t e m s ; i + + ) {
if (a pp .p ro ject .item (i) in st anceo f Co mp Item )
a pp . p r o j e c t .i t e m ( i ) . p a r e n t F o l d e r = c o m p F o l d e r ;
}
80
JavaScript Reference KeyframeEase object
81
KeyframeEase object
m y K e y = n e w K e y f r a m e E a s e (s p ee d, i n f l u e n c e ) ;
Description
The KeyframeEase object encapsulates the keyframe ease settings of a layer’s AE property. There are two types
of ease, temporal and spatial, which are determined by the speed and influence settings. Both types are set
using the property’s setT empora lEaseAt K ey method. See “Property setTemporalEaseAtKey() method” on
page 136.
The constructor creates a KeyframeEase object. Both parameters are required.
• s p e e d : A floating-point value. Sets the s pe e d attribute.
• i n f l u e n c e : A floating-point value in the range [0.1..100.0]. Sets the i n fl u e n c e attribute.
Example
This example assumes that the Position, a spatial property, has more than two keyframes.
va r ea se In = n ew Ke yfr ameE as e( 0.5 , 50) ;
v a r e a se Ou t = n e w K e y fr am e E as e ( 0 .7 5 , 8 5 ) ;
va r m y P o s it i o n P ro p ert y = a p p. pro jec t .i te m( 1). l ay er (1) .p ro pe rty ( " P o si t i o n " )
m y P o s i t i o n P r o p e r t y . s e t T e m p o r a l E a s eA tK e y ( 2 , [ e a s e I n ] , [ e a s e O u t ] ) ;
This example sets the Scale, a temporal property with two dimensions. For 2D and 3D properties you must
set an easeI n and e as eO ut value for each dimension:
va r ea se In = n ew Ke yfr ameE as e( 0.5 , 50) ;
v a r e a se Ou t = n e w K e y fr am e E as e ( 0 .7 5 , 8 5 ) ;
va r myScalePro pe rty = app.proje c t. i t e m ( 1 ) .l ay e r ( 1 ). pr o p e r t y (" S c al e " )
m y S c al e Pro pe rty . se tT e m po ral E a se At Ke y (2 , [ eas eI n , easeIn , ea se In], [e aseO ut, ea seO ut , e aseO ut]);
Attributes
s pe e d “KeyframeEase speed attribute” on page 82 The speed setting for a keyframe.
influence “KeyframeEase influence attribute” on page 81 The influence setting for a keyframe.
KeyframeEase influence attribute

m y K ey . i n f l u e n c e
Description
The influence value of the keyframe, as shown in the Keyframe Velocity dialog box.
Type
Floating-point value in the range [0.1..100.0]; read/write.
81
JavaScript Reference KeyframeEase object
82
KeyframeEase speed attribute

m y K ey . s p e e d
Description
The speed value of the keyframe. The units depend on the type of keyframe, and are displayed in the Keyframe
Velocity dialog box.
Type
82
JavaScript Reference Layer object
83
Layer object
Description
The Layer object provides access to layers within compositions. It can be accessed from an item’s layer
collection either by index number or by a name string.
• Layer is the base class for CameraLayer, TextLayer, LightLayer, and AVLayer, so Layer attributes and
methods are available when working with all layer types. See “AVLayer object” on page 39,
“CameraLayer object” on page 50, “LightLayer object” on page 97, and “TextLayer object” on page 172.
Layers contain AE properties, in addition to their JavaScript attributes and methods. For examples of how to
access properties in layers, see “PropertyBase object” on page 140.
Example
If the first item in the project is a CompItem, this example disables the first layer in that composition and
renames it. This might, for example, turn an icon off in the composition.
va r f ir st L ay e r = a p p. pro jec t .i te m (1 ). l ay er( 1) ;
first L a ye r.e nabled = fa lse;
f i rst L a ye r.n a m e = " Di s ab l ed L ay e r" ;
Attributes
index “Layer index attribute” on page 87 The index position of the layer.
name “Layer name attribute” on page 89 The name of the layer.
p ar e n t “Layer parent attribute” on page 89 The parent of this layer.
t im e “Layer time attribute” on page 91 The current time of the layer.
s ta r tT im e “Layer startTime attribute” on page 91 The start time of the layer.
s tr e tc h “Layer stretch attribute” on page 91 The time stretch percentage of the layer.
inPoint “Layer inPoint attribute” on page 87 The “in” point of the layer.
outPoint “Layer outPoint attribute” on page 89 The “out” point of the layer.
en abled “Layer enabled attribute” on page 86 When true, the layer is enabled.
solo “Layer solo attribute” on page 91 When true, the layer is soloed.
shy “Layer shy attribute” on page 90 When true, the layer is shy.
locked “Layer locked attribute” on page 87 When true, the layer is locked.
h as Vi de o “Layer hasVideo attribute” on page 86 When true, the layer contains a video component.
a ct i ve “Layer active attribute” on page 84 When true, the layer is active at the current time.
n u ll L a y e r “Layer nullLayer attribute” on page 89 When true, this is a null layer.
s e l e c t e d P r o p e r t ie s “Layer selectedProperties attribute” on page 90 All selected AE properties in the layer.
comment “Layer comment attribute” on page 85 A descriptive comment for the layer.
containingComp “Layer containingComp attribute” on page 85 The composition that contains this layer.
83
84
i s N a m e Se t “Layer isNameSet attribute” on page 87 When true, the layer’s name has been explicitly set.
Methods
re move () “Layer remove() method” on page 90 Deletes the layer from the composition.
m o v e T o B eg i n n i n g ( ) “Layer moveToBeginning() method” on Moves the layer to the top of the composition (makes it the
page 88 first layer).
moveToEnd() “Layer moveToEnd() method” on Moves the layer to the bottom of the composition (makes it
page 88 the last layer).
m o v e A f t er ( ) “Layer moveAfter() method” on page 87 Moves the layer below another layer.
mo veBe fo re() “Layer moveBefore() method” on Moves the layer above another layer.
page 88
d u p l i ca te () “Layer duplicate() method” on page 86 Duplicates the layer.
copyToComp() “Layer copyToComp() method” on Copies the layer to the top (beginning) of another compo-
page 86 sition.
a ct i v e A tT i m e ( ) “Layer activeAtTime() method” on Reports whether this layer will be active at a specified time.
page 84
s et Pa ren t W i th Jum p ( ) “Layer setParentWithJump() method” Sets a new parent for this layer.
on page 90
a pp l y Pr e s e t s( ) “Layer applyPreset() method” on Applies a named collection of animation settings to the

page 85 layer.
Layer active attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .a ctive
Description
When true, the layer's video is active at the current time.

For this to be true, the layer must be enabled, no other layer may be soloing unless this layer is soloed too, and
the time must be between the i n P o i n t and o utP oi n t values of this layer.
This value is never true in an audio layer; there is a separate aud i oAct iv e attribute in the AVLayer object.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
Layer activeAtTime() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) . a c ti v e A tT i m e (t i m e)
Description
Returns true if this layer will be active at the specified time. To return true, the layer must be enabled, no other
layer may be soloing unless this layer is soloed too, and the time must be between the i n Po in t and o u t P o in t
values of this layer.
84
85
Parameters
t im e The time in seconds, a floating-point value.
Returns
Boolean.
Layer applyPreset() method

a pp ap p .p r o j e c t. it e m( in d ex ) .layer (i n de x) . a p p l y P r e s e t (p re s e t N am e );
Description
Applies the specified collection of animation settings (an animation preset) to the layer. Predefined animation
preset files are installed in the Presets folder, and users can create new animation presets through the user
interface.
Parameters
presetName An ExtendScript File object for the file containing the animation preset.
Returns
Nothing.
Layer comment attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) . c o m m e n t
Description
A descriptive comment for the layer.
Type
String; read/write.
Layer containingComp attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .co n ta iningC omp
Description
The composition that contains this layer.
Type
CompItem object; read-only.
85
86
Layer copyToComp() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) . c o py T o C o m p (i n t oC o m p )
Description
Copies the layer into the specified composition. The original layer remains unchanged. Creates a new Layer
object with the same values as this one, and prepends the new object to the l a y e r s collection in the target
CompItem. Retrieve the copy using i n t o C o m p .laye r( 1) .
Copying in a layer changes the index positions of previously existing layers in the target composition. This is
the same as copying and pasting a layer through the user interface.
Parameters
intoComp The target composition, and CompItem object.
Returns
Nothing.
Layer duplicate() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .d up licat e( )
Description
Duplicates the layer. Creates a new Layer object in which all values are the same as in this one. This has the
same effect as selecting a layer in the user interface and choosing Edit > Duplicate, except the selection in the
user interface does not change when you call this method.
Parameters
None.
Returns
Layer object.
Layer enabled attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .e nabled
Description
When true, the layer is enabled; otherwise false. This corresponds to the video switch state of the layer in the
Timeline panel.
Type
Layer hasVideo attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .h as Vid eo
Description
When true, the layer has a video switch (the eyeball icon) in the Timeline panel; otherwise false.
86
87
Type
Boolean; read-only.
Layer index attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .ind ex
Description
The index position of the layer.
Type
Integer in the range [1..n u m L a y e r s ]; read-only.
Layer inPoint attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) . i n P o i n t
Description
The “in” point of the layer, expressed in composition time (seconds).
Type
Floating-point value in the range [-10800.0..10800.0] (minus or plus three hours); read/write.
Layer isNameSet attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .is N ame S et
Description
True if the value of the n a m e attribute has been set explicitly, rather than automatically from the source.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
Layer locked attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .l o ck e d
Description
When true, the layer is locked; otherwise false. This croplands to the lock toggle in the Layer panel.
Type
Layer moveAfter() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .m o v e A ft e r ( l a ye r )
Description
Moves this layer to a position immediately after (below) the specified layer.
87
88
Parameters
l a ye r The target layer, a layer object in the same composition.
Returns
Nothing.
Layer moveBefore() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .m o v e B e f o r e ( l a y e r )
Description
Moves this layer to a position immediately before (above) the specified layer.
Parameters
l a ye r The target layer, a layer object in the same composition.
Returns
Nothing.
Layer moveToBeginning() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) . m ov e T o B e g i n n i n g ( )
Description
Moves this layer to the topmost position of the layer stack (the first layer).
Parameters
None.
Returns
Nothing.
Layer moveToEnd() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .m o v e T o E n d ()
Description
Moves this layer to the bottom position of the layer stack (the last layer).
Parameters
None.
Returns
Nothing.
88
89
Layer name attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .n a m e
Description
The name of the layer. By default, this is the same as the Source name (which cannot be changed in the Layer
panel), but you can set it to be different.
Type
String; read/write.
Layer nullLayer attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) . n u l l L a y e r
Description
When true, the layer was created as a null object; otherwise false.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
Layer outPoint attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .o u tP o i n t
Description
The “out” point of the layer, expressed in composition time (seconds).
Type
Layer parent attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .p a r e n t
Description
The parent of this layer; can be null.

Offset values are calculated to counterbalance any transforms above this layer in the hierarchy, so that when
you set the parent there is no apparent jump in the layer's transform. For example, if the new parent has a
rotation of 30 degrees, the child layer is assigned a rotation of -30 degrees.
To set the parent without changing the child layer's transform values, use the se tP are n tWi t hJu mp method.
Type
Layer object or null; read/write.
89
90
Layer remove() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .r e m o v e ()
Description
Deletes the specified layer from the composition.
Parameters
None.
Returns
Nothing.
Layer selectedProperties attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) . s e l e c t e d P r o p e r t i e s
Description
An array containing all of the currently selected Property and PropertyGroup objects in the layer.
Type
Array of PropertyBase objects; read-only.
Layer setParentWithJump() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .set P are n tWit hJu mp( n e w P a r e n t )
Description
Sets the parent of this layer to the specified layer, without changing the transform values of the child layer.
There may be an apparent jump in the rotation, translation, or scale of the child layer, as this layer’s transform
values are combined with those of its ancestors.
If you do not want the child layer to jump, set the p a r e n t attribute directly. In this case, an offset is calculated
and set in the child layer's transform fields, to prevent the jump from occurring.
Parameters
ne wPar ent A layer object in the same composition.
Returns
Nothing.
Layer shy attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .s hy
Description
When true, the layer is “shy,” meaning that it is hidden in the Layer panel if the composition’s “Hide all shy
layers” option is toggled on.
90
91
Type
Layer solo attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .s o l o
Description
When true, the layer is soloed, otherwise false.
Type
Layer startTime attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .s t art T i m e
Description
The start time of the layer, expressed in composition time (seconds).
Type
Layer stretch attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .s t r e t c h
Description
The layer’s time stretch, expressed as a percentage. A value of 100 means no stretch. Values between 0 and 1
are set to 1, and values between -1 and 0 (not including 0) are set to -1.
Type
Floating-point value in the range [-9900.0..9900.0]; read/write.
Layer time attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .t i m e
Description
The current time of the layer, expressed in composition time (seconds).
Type
Floating-point value; read-only.
91
JavaScript Reference LayerCollection object
92
LayerCollection object
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r s
Description
The LayerCollection object represents a set of layers. The LayerCollection belonging to a CompItem object
contains all the layer objects for layers in the composition. The methods of the collection object allow you to
manipulate the layer list.
• LayerCollection is a subclass of Collection. All methods and attributes of Collection, in addition to those
listed below, are available when working with LayerCollection. See “Collection object” on page 51.
Example
Given that the first item in the project is a CompItem and the second item is an AVItem, this example shows
the number of layers in the CompItem's layer collection, adds a new layer based on an AVItem in the project,
then displays the new number of layers.
va r f ir st C omp = ap p. pr oje ct .i t em( 1) ;
v a r l a y e r C o l l e c t i o n = f i r s t C o m p. l a y e r s;
a l e r t (" n u m b e r o f l a y e r s b e f o r e i s " + l a y e r C o l l e c t i o n . l e n g t h );
v a r an A V I t e m = ap p .p r o je c t.i t e m ( 2 ) ;
l a ye r C o l l e c t i o n . a dd ( a n A VI t e m ) ;
a l e r t (" n u m b e r o f l a y e r s a f t e r is " + la y e r C o l l e c t i o n . l e n g t h ) ;
Methods
a dd ( ) “LayerCollection add() method” on Creates a new AVLayer and adds it to this collection.
page 93
a dd N u l l ( ) “LayerCollection addNull() method” on Creates a new, null layer and adds it to this collection.
page 94
a dd S ol i d( ) “LayerCollection addSolid() method” on Creates a new layer, a FootageItem with a SolidSource, and adds it
page 94 to this collection.
a dd T ex t () “LayerCollection addText() method” on Creates a new text layer and adds it to this collection.
page 95
a dd C a m era () “LayerCollection addCamera() method” Creates a new camera layer and adds it to this collection.
on page 93
a dd L i g ht () “LayerCollection addLight() method” on Creates a new light layer and adds it to this collection.
page 93
a dd S ha pe () “LayerCollection addShape() method” Creates a new shape layer and adds it to this collection.
on page 94
byName() “LayerCollection byName() method” on Retrieves the layer object with a specified name.
page 95
p rec o m po se () “LayerCollection precompose() Collects specified layers into a new composition.

92
93
LayerCollection add() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r s .ad d (i t em , dur at i on )
Description
Creates a new AVLayer object containing the specified item, and adds it to this collection.
This method generates an exception if the item cannot be added as a layer to this CompItem.
Parameters
i te m The AVItem object for the item to be added.
d u r a ti o n Optional, the length of a still layer in seconds, a floating-point value. Used only if the item contains a piece of
still footage. Has no effect on movies, sequences or audio.
If supplied, sets the du rat i on value of the new layer. Otherwise, the d u r a ti o n value is set according to user
preferences. By default, this is the same as the duration of the containing CompItem. To set another preferred
value, choose Edit > Preferences > Import (Windows) or After Effects > Preferences > Import (Mac OS), and spec-
ify options under Still Footage.
Returns
AVLayer object.
LayerCollection addCamera() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye rs .ad d C ame ra( n a m e , c en t e r P oi n t)
Description
Creates a new camera layer and adds the CameraLayer object to this collection.
Parameters
name A string containing the name of the new layer.
c e n t e r Poi n t The center of the new camera, a floating-point array [x, y]. This is used to set the initial x and y values of the
new camera’s Point of Interest property. The z value is set to 0.
Returns
CameraLayer object.
LayerCollection addLight() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r s .ad d L i g h t (n a m e, c en t e r P oi n t )
Description
Creates a new light layer and adds the LightLayer object to this collection.
Parameters
name A string containing the name of the new layer.
c e n t e r Poi n t The center of the new light, a floating-point array [x, y].
93
94
Returns
LightLayer object.
LayerCollection addNull() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . l a y e r s . a d d N u l l ( dur ati on )
Description
Creates a new null layer and adds the AVLayer object to this collection. This is the same as choosing
Layer > New > Null Object.
Parameters
d u r a ti o n Optional, the length of a still layer in seconds, a floating-point value.
If supplied, sets the du rat i on value of the new layer. Otherwise, the d u r a ti o n value is set according to user
preferences. By default, this is the same as the duration of the containing CompItem. To set another preferred
value, choose Edit > Preferences > Import (Windows) or After Effects > Preferences > Import (Mac OS), and specify
options under Still Footage.
Returns
AVLayer object.
LayerCollection addShape() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r s .ad d Sh ap e ( )
Description
Creates a new ShapeLayer object for a new, empty Shape layer. Use the ShapeLayer object to add properties,
such as shape, fill, stroke, and path filters.
This is the same as using a shape tool in "Tool Creates Shape" mode. Tools automatically add a vector group
that includes Fill and Stroke as specified in the tool options.
Parameters
None
Returns
ShapeLayer object.
LayerCollection addSolid() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r s .ad d So l id ( co l or , n am e , w idt h, h e igh t , p i xe l As p e ct , d u r at i on )
Description
Creates a new SolidSource object, with values set as specified; sets the new SolidSource as the m a i n S o u r ce
value of a new FootageItem object, and adds the FootageItem to the project. Creates a new AVLayer object,
sets the new FootageItem as its s o u r c e , and adds the layer to this collection.
Parameters
color The color of the solid, an array of four floating-point values, [R, G, B, A], in the range [0.0..1.0].
94
95
name A string containing the name of the solid.
w i dt h The width of the solid in pixels, an integer in the range [4..30000].
h ei g ht The height of the solid in pixels, an integer in the range [4..30000].
p i xe l A s pe c t The pixel aspect ratio of the solid, a floating-point value in the range [0.01..100.0].
d u r a ti o n Optional, the length of a still layer in seconds, a floating-point value.
If supplied, sets the d u r a ti o n value of the new layer. Otherwise, the du rat i on value is set according to
user preferences. By default, this is the same as the duration of the containing CompItem. To set another
preferred value, choose Edit > Preferences > Import (Windows) or After Effects > Preferences > Import (Mac
OS), and specify options under Still Footage.
Returns
AVLayer object.
LayerCollection addText() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r s .ad d T e x t( s ou r c e T e x t )
Description
Creates a new text layer and adds the new TextLayer object to this collection.
Parameters
s o u r ce T e x t Optional; a string containing the source text of the new layer, or a TextDocument object contain-
ing the source text of the new layer. See “TextDocument object” on page 171.
Returns
TextLayer object.
LayerCollection byName() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . l a y e r s . b y N a m e (n a m e)
Description
Returns the first (topmost) layer found in this collection with the specified name, or null if no layer with the
given name is found.
Parameters
name A string containing the name.
Returns
Layer object or null.
95
96
LayerCollection precompose() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . l a y e r s . p r e c o m p o s e ( l a y e r I n di c i e s , n a m e , m o v e A l l At t r i b u t e s )
Description
Creates a new CompItem object and moves the specified layers into its layer collection. It removes the
individual layers from this collection, and adds the new CompItem to this collection.
Parameters
l a ye r I n d i c e s The position indexes of the layers to be collected. An array of integers.
name The name of the new CompItem object.
m o v e A l l A t t ri bu te s Optional. When true (the default), retains all attributes in the new composition.
This is the same as selecting the “Move all attributes into the new composition”
option in the Pre-compose dialog box.
You can only set this to false if there is just one index in the l a y e r I n d i ce s array.
This is the same as selecting the “Leave all attributes in” option in the Pre-com-
pose dialog box.
Returns
CompItem object.
96
JavaScript Reference LightLayer object
97
LightLayer object
Description
The LightLayer object represents a light layer within a composition. Create it using the LayerCollection
object’s a dd L i g ht method; see “LayerCollection addLight() method” on page 93. It can be accessed in an
• LightLayer is a subclass of Layer. All methods and attributes of Layer are available when working with Light-
Layer. See “Layer object” on page 83.
AE Properties
LightLayer defines no additional attributes, but has different AE properties than other layer types. It has the
following properties and property groups:
Ma r k e r
T r a n s f o rm
P oi n t o f In ter es t
P o s i ti o n
S c al e
X R o t at io n
Y R o t at io n
Ro ta ti on
O pa c i ty
L i g ht O pt i o n s
Intensity
Co lo r
Cone Angle
C o n e F e a t h er
Ca st s Sh ad ow s
S h a do w D ar k n e ss
S h a do w D i ff u s i o n
97
JavaScript Reference MarkerValue object
98
MarkerValue object
ne w M arkerV alue (c o m m e n t , c h a pt e r , u r l , f r a m eT a r g et , c u e P o i n t N a m e, pa r a m s)
Description
The MarkerValue object represents a layer marker, which associates a comment, and optionally a chapter
reference point, Web-page link, or Flash Video cue point with a particular point in a layer. Create it with the
constructor; all arguments except c o m m e n t are optional. All arguments are strings that set in the corre-
sponding attributes of the returned MarkerValue object, except p ar am s . This is an array containing key-value
pairs., which can then be accessed with the g et Pa ra m et er( ) and s e t Pa r am e te r ( ) methods. A script can set any
number of parameter pairs; the order does not reflect the order displayed in the application.
To associate a marker with a layer, set the MarkerValue object in the Ma rke r AE property of the layer:
layer O bjec t .propert y("M arker " ). set Va l ueA tTime( t i m e , m a rk er Va lue O bj ec t );
For information on the usage of markers see “Using markers” in After Effects Help.
Attributes
comment “MarkerValue comment attribute” on A comment on the associated layer.

page 99
chapter “MarkerValue chapter attribute” on A chapter link reference point for the associated layer.
page 99
c u e Po in t N a m e “MarkerValue cuePointName attribute” The Flash Video cue point name.

on page 99
eventCuePoint “MarkerValue eventCuePoint attribute” Whether the Flash Video cue point is for an event or navigation.
on page 99
ur l “MarkerValue getParameters() method” A URL for Web page to be associated with the layer.
on page 100
f ram eTar get “MarkerValue eventCuePoint attribute” A specific frame target within the Web page specified by u rl .
on page 99
Methods
ge tPara m et ers() “MarkerValue getParameters() method” Retrieves the key-value pairs associated with the marker value.
on page 100
s e t Pa r am e te r s () “MarkerValue setParameters() method” Sets the key-value pairs associated with the marker value.
on page 100
Examples
• To set a marker that says “Fade Up” at the 2 second mark:

va r myMa rk er = new Ma rk erVa lue("Fade U p ");
m y L a y e r . p r o pe rt y ( " M a r k e r " ) . s e t V a l u e A t T i m e ( 2 , m y M ar k e r ) ;
• To get comment values from a particular marker:

va r comme ntO f Fir st Ma rke r = app. pr oject .ite m (1). la y e r (1 ). pr o p e r t y ( " M a rk e r " ) .k e y V a l u e ( 1 ) .c o m m e n t ;
v a r c o m m e n t O f M a r ke rA t T i m e 4 =
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (1 ).l a y e r ( 1 ) .p r o p e r ty ( " Mar ke r"). valu eAt T ime(4.0 ,tr ue).com m ent
98
99
va r ma rk erPropert y = a p p. pro ject .ite m (1 ). layer (1).pro pe rty("Ma rke r");

va r ma rkerVa lueA tTim eC lose stToTime 4 =
m a r k e r P r o p e r t y . k e y V a l u e ( m a r k e r P r o p e r t y . n e ar e s t K e y I n d e x ( 4 . 0 ) ) ;
v a r c o m m e n t O f M a r ke rC l o s e s t T o T im e 4 = m ar ke r V a l u e A t T i m e C l o s e s t T o T i m e 4 . c o m m e n t ;
MarkerValue chapter attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .p r o pe r ty ( " M a r ke r " ) .k e y V a l u e ( i n d ex ). c hap t er
Description
A text chapter link for this marker. Chapter links initiate a jump to a chapter in a QuickTime movie or in other
formats that support chapter marks.
Type
String; read/write.
MarkerValue comment attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .p r o pe r ty ( " M a r ke r " ) .k e y V a l u e ( i n d ex ). comment
Description
A text comment for this marker. This comment appears in the Timeline panel next to the layer marker.
Type
String; read/write.
MarkerValue cuePointName attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .p r o pe r ty ( " M a r ke r " ) .k e y V a l u e ( i n d ex ). c ueP oi ntN ame
Description
The Flash Video cue point name, as shown in the Marker dialog.
Type
String; read/write.
MarkerValue eventCuePoint attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .p r o pe r ty ( " M a r ke r " ) .k e y V a l u e ( i n d ex ). even tCu ePoint
Description
When t rue , the FlashVideo cue point is for an event; otherwise, it is for navigation.
Type
99
100
MarkerValue frameTarget attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .p r o pe r ty ( " M a r ke r " ) .k e y V a l u e ( i n d ex ). fr ameTa rge t
Description
A text frame target for this marker. Together with the URL value, this targets a specific frame within a Web
page.
Type
String; read/write.
MarkerValue getParameters() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .p r o pe r ty ( " M a r ke r " ) .k e y V a l u e ( i n d ex ). g et Pa ram e te rs( )
Description
Returns the key-value pairs for Flash Video cue-point parameters, for a cue point associated with this marker
value.
Parameters
None.
Returns
An object with an attribute matching each parameter name, containing that parameter’s value.
MarkerValue setParameters() method

app.project.item( in dex).l ayer(inde x).property("Mark er").keyVal ue( in dex).s etP arameters(keyValuePairs )
Description
Associates a set of key-value pairs for Flash Video cue-point parameters, for a cue point associated with this
marker value. A cue point can have any number of parameters, but you can add only three through the user
interface; use this method to add more than three parameters.
Parameters
k ey Va l u eP ai r s An object containing the key-value pairs as attributes and values. The object’s toS t ri ng( )
method is called to assign the string value of each attribute to the named key.
Returns
Nothing.
Example
v a r m v = n e w M a r k e r V al u e (" M y M ar k e r " ) ;
va r parm s = new Obj ect;

par m s. timeTo Blink = 1;
p ar m s. as si gnM e = "A st ri ng"
m v . s e tP a r am e t e r s( p a r m s ) ;
100
101
m y L a y e r . p r o pe rt y ( " M a r k e r " ) . s e t V a l u e A t T i m e ( 2 , m v ) ;
MarkerValue url attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .p r o pe r ty ( " M a r ke r " ) .k e y V a l u e ( i n d ex ). url
Description
A URL for this marker. This URL is an automatic link to a Web page.
Type
String; read/write.
101
JavaScript Reference MaskPropertyGroup object
102
MaskPropertyGroup object
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .m as k
Description
The MaskPropertyGroup object encapsulates mask attributes in a layer.

• MaskPropertyGroup is a subclass of PropertyGroup. All methods and attributes of PropertyBase and
PropertyGroup, in addition to those listed below, are available when working with MaskPropertyGroup.
See “PropertyBase object” on page 140 and “PropertyGroup object” on page 147.
Attributes
ma sk Mo de “MaskPropertyGroup maskMode attribute” The mask mode.

on page 103
i n v e r te d “MaskPropertyGroup inverted attribute” on When true, the mask is inverted.

page 102
ro toB ezier “MaskPropertyGroup rotoBezier attribute” When true, the shape of the mask is RotoBezier.
on page 103
ma skMo tionB l ur “MaskPropertyGroup maskMotionBlur How motion blur is applied to this mask.
locked “MaskPropertyGroup locked attribute” on When true, the mask is locked.

page 103
color “MaskPropertyGroup color attribute” on The color used to draw the mask outline in the user
page 102 interface.
MaskPropertyGroup color attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .m as k( i n d ex ). c o l o r
Description
The color used to draw the mask outline as it appears in the user interface (Composition panel, Layer panel,
and Timeline panel).
Type
Array of three floating-point values, [R, G, B], in the range [0.0..1.0]; read/write.
MaskPropertyGroup inverted attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .m as k( i n d ex ). i n vert ed
Description
When true, the mask is inverted; otherwise false.
Type
102
JavaScript Reference MaskPropertyGroup object
103
MaskPropertyGroup locked attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .m as k( i n d ex ). l oc ke d
Description
When true, the mask is locked and cannot be edited in the user interface; otherwise, false.
Type
MaskPropertyGroup maskMode attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .m as k( i n d ex ) . m a s k M o d e
Description
The masking mode for this mask.
Type
A M a s k M o d e enumerated value; read/write. One of:

Ma skM ode .NO N E
Ma skM ode .AD D
Ma skM ode .SUB TRAC T
Ma skM ode .INTE RSECT
Ma skM ode .LIGH T EN
Ma skM ode .D ARKEN
M a s k M ode . D I F F E R E N C E
MaskPropertyGroup maskMotionBlur attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .m as k( i n d ex ). maskMotio nBlur
Description
How motion blur is applied to this mask.
Type
A M a k M o ti o n B l u r enumerated value; read/write. One of:

M a s k M ot i o n B l u r . SA ME _ A S _ L A YE R
Ma skM otionB l ur. ON
Ma s k M ot i o n B l u r . OF F
MaskPropertyGroup rotoBezier attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .m a s k ( i n de x ). rotoBe z ie r
Description
When true, the mask is a RotoBezier shape; otherwise, false.
Type
103
JavaScript Reference OMCollection object
104
OMCollection object
a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item s. out pu tMo du les
Description
The OMCollection contains all of the output modules in a render queue. The collection provides access to the
OutputModule objects, but does not provide any additional functionality. The first OutputModule object in
the collection is at index position 1. See “OutputModule object” on page 105
• OMCollection is a subclass of Collection. All methods and attributes of Collection are available when
working with OMCollection. See “Collection object” on page 51.
104
JavaScript Reference OutputModule object
105
OutputModule object
a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .o u t p u t M o d u l e s ( inde x )
Description
An OutputModule object of a RenderQueueItem generates a single file or sequence via a render operation,
and contains attributes and methods relating to the file to be rendered.
Attributes
f i le “OutputModule file attribute” on The path and name of the file to be rendered.
page 105
p o s tR e n d e r A c t i o n “OutputModule postRenderAction An action to be taken after rendering.

name “OutputModule name attribute” on The user-interface name of the output module.
page 106
t em p l at es “OutputModule templates attribute” on All templates for the output module.

page 107
Methods
re move () “OutputModule remove() method” on Removes this output module from the render-queue item’s list.
page 106
s a v e A s T e m p l a t e( ) “OutputModule saveAsTemplate() Saves a new output-module template.

a pp l y T e m p l at e ( ) “OutputModule applyTemplate() Applies an output-module template.

OutputModule applyTemplate() method

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .o u t p u t M o d u l e s [ inde x ]. ap pl y T e m pl a te (t e m p l a t e N a m e)
Description
Applies the specified existing output-module template.
Parameters
t em p l at eN a m e A string containing the name of the template to be applied.
Returns
Nothing.
OutputModule file attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .o u t p u t M o d u l e s [ inde x ]. fi l e
Description
The ExtendScript File object for the file this output module is set to render.
105
106
Type
ExtendScript File object; read/write.
OutputModule name attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .o u t p u t M o d u l e s [ inde x ]. n a m e
Description
The name of the output module, as shown in the user interface.
Type
String; read-only.
OutputModule postRenderAction attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .o u t p u t M o d u l e s [ inde x ]. po st Rend er Ac ti on
Description
An action to be performed when the render operation is completed.
Type
A Pos t Rend er Ac ti on enumerated value (read/write); one of:

p o s tR e n d e r A c t i o n .N O N E
p o s tR e n d e r A c t i o n .I M PO R T
p o s tR e n d e r A c t i o n .I M PO R T _ A N D_ R E P L A C E _ US A G E
p o s tR e n d e r A c t i o n .S E T _ P R O XY
OutputModule remove() method

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .o u t p u t M o d u l e s [ inde x ]. r e m o v e( )
Description
Removes this OutputModule object from the collection.
Parameters
None.
Returns
Nothing.
OutputModule saveAsTemplate() method

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .o u t p u t M o d u l e s [ inde x ]. sa veAsTe mpla te (n a m e)
Description
Saves this output module as a template and adds it to the t em p l at es array.
106
107
Parameters
name A string containing the name of the new template.
Returns
Nothing.
OutputModule templates attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .o u t p u t M o d u l e s [ inde x ]. tem pla tes
Description
The names of all output-module templates availalbe in the local installation of After Effects.
Type
107
JavaScript Reference PlaceholderSource object
108
PlaceholderSource object
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . p r o x y S o u r ce
Description
The PlaceholderSource object describes the footage source of a placeholder.

PlaceholderSource is a subclass of FootageSource. All methods and attributes of FootageSource are available
when working with PlaceholderSource. See “FootageSource object” on page 67. PlaceholderSource does not
define any additional methods or attributes.
108
JavaScript Reference Project object
109
Project object
a pp .p r o j e c t
Description
The project object represents an After Effects project. Attributes provide access to specific objects within the
project, such as imported files or footage and compositions, and also to project settings such as the timecode
base. Methods can import footage, create solids, compositions and folders, and save changes.
Attributes
f i le “Project file attribute” on page 112 The file for the currently open project.
ro otFo ld er “Project rootFolder attribute” on The folder containing all the contents of the
page 115 project; the equivalent of the Project panel
i te m s “Project items attribute” on page 113 All items in the project.
a ct i veI t em “Project activeItem attribute” on The currently active item.

page 110
b i t s P e r C h an n e l “Project bitsPerChannel attribute” on The color depth of the current project.

page 111
t ra n s p a r e n c y G r i d T h um b n a i l s “Project transparencyGridThumbnails When true, thumbnail views use the transpar-

attribute” on page 117 ency checkerboard pattern.
t im e c o d e D is p l ay T y p e “Project timecodeDisplayType The way the timecode is displayed.

t im e c o d e Ba s e T y p e “Project timecodeBaseType attribute” The timecode base project setting.

on page 116
t im ec o d eN T S C D ro p F ram e “Project timecodeNTSCDropFrame The drop-frame project setting.

t im e c o d e F i l m T y p e “Project timecodeFilmType attribute” The film type for the “Feet + Frames” project set-
on page 117 ting.
nu mIte ms “Project numItems attribute” on The total number of items contained in the
page 114 project.
selection “Project selection attribute” on All items selected in the Project panel.
page 116
re nde rQ ueu e “Project renderQueue attribute” on The project’s render queue.

page 115
d i sp l ay S t ar t F r am e “Project displayStartFrame attribute” on The frame at which to start numbering when dis-
page 111 playing the project.
linearBlending “Project linearBlending attribute” on When true, linear blending is used for the project.
page 113
Methods
i te m ( ) “Project item() method” on page 113 Retrieves an item from the project.
c o n s o l i d a t e F o o t a g e () “Project consolidateFootage() method” Consolidates all footage in the project.

on page 111
109
110
r e m o v e U n u s e d F o o ta g e ( ) “Project removeUnusedFootage() Removes unused footage from the project.

re du ceProje c t() “Project reduceProject() method” on Reduces the project to a specified set of items.
page 114
close() “Project close() method” on page 111 Closes the project with normal save options.
s av e () “Project save() method” on page 115 Saves the project.
s av e W i th Di al o g () “Project saveWithDialog() method” on Displays a Save dialog box.

page 115
i m p ort Pl a c eho l de r() “Project importFileWithDialog() Imports a placeholder into the project.
i m p o r t F i le () “Project importFile() method” on Imports a file into the project.

page 112
i m p o r t F i le W i th D i a l o g ( ) “Project importFileWithDialog() Displays an Import File dialog box.

showWindow() “Project showWindow() method” on Shows or hides the Project panel.

page 116
a u to F ix E x p r e s s i o n s( ) “Project autoFixExpressions() method” Automatically replaces text in all expressions.

on page 110
Project activeItem attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .ac t iv e I t e m
Description
The item that is currently active and is to be acted upon, or a null if no item is currently selected or if multiple
items are selected.
Type
Item object or null; read-only.
Project autoFixExpressions() method

a pp . p r o j e c t . a u toF i x E x p r e s si o n s(old T e xt , n e w T e xt )
Description
Automatically replaces text found in broken expressions in the project, if the new text causes the expression to
evaluate without errors.
Parameters
oldText The text to replace.
ne wTe xt The new text.
Returns
Nothing.
110
111
Project bitsPerChannel attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .b i ts Pe r C h a n n e l
Description
The color depth of the current project, either 8, 16, or 32 bits.
Type
Integer (8, 16, or 32 only); read/write.
Project close() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .c l o s e ( c los e O p t io n s)
Description
Closes the project with the option of saving changes automatically, prompting the user to save changes or
closing without saving changes.
Parameters
c l o s e O pt i o n s Action to be performed on close. A C l o s e O p t i o n s enumerated value, one of:
C l o s e O p t i o n s . D O _ N O T _ S A V E _ C H A N GE S : Close without saving.

C l o s e O p t i o n s . P R O M P T _ T O _S A VE _ C H A N G E S : Prompt for whether to save
changes before close.
C l o s e O p t i o n s . S A V E _ C H A N G E S : Save automatically on close.
Returns
Boolean. True on success. False if the file has not been previously saved, the user is prompted, and the user
cancels the save.
Project consolidateFootage() method

a pp . p r o j e c t . c o n s o l i d a te F o o t a g e ( )
Description
Consolidates all footage in the project. Same as the File > Consolidate All Footage command.
Parameters
None.
Returns
Integer; the total number of footage items removed.
Project displayStartFrame attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .d is p l ay S ta r tF r am e
111
112
Description
The frame at which to start numbering when displaying the project with a t i m e c o d e D is p l a y T y p e value of
T i m e c o d e D i s p l a yT yp e . F R A M E S . (See “Project timecodeDisplayType attribute” on page 116.) This is the
same as setting “Start numbering frames at:” in the Project Settings > Display Style tab.
Type
Integer; read/write.
Project file attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .fi l e
Description
The ExtendScript File object for the file containing the project that is currently open.
Type
File object or null if project has not been saved; read-only.
Project importFile() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i m po r tF i l e (i m p o r t O p t i o n s )
Description
Imports the file specified in the specified ImportOptions object, using the specified options. Same as the
File > Import File command. Creates and returns a new FootageItem object from the file, and adds it to the
project’s i t e m s array.
Parameters
i m p o r t Op t io n s An ImportOptions object specifying the file to import and the options for the operation. See
“ImportOptions object” on page 73.
Returns
FootageItem object.
Example
a pp .p r o j e c t .i m po r tF i l e ( n e w I m p or tO pt i o n s (F i l e ( “ s am p l e .p s d” ) )
Project importFileWithDialog() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i m po r tF i l e W it h D ia l o g ( )
Description
Shows an Import File dialog box. Same as the File > Import > File command.
Returns
Array of Item objects created during import; or null if the user cancels the dialog.
112
113
Project importPlaceholder() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i m po r tP l ac e h o l d e r ( n am e , w id t h, he ig ht, fram e Ra t e , du ra tio n )
Description
Creates and returns a new PlaceholderItem object and adds it to the project’s i te m s array. Same as the
File > Import > Placeholder command.
Parameters
name A string containing the name of the placeholder.
w i dt h The width of the placeholder in pixels, an integer in the range [4..30000].
h ei g ht The height of the placeholder in pixels, an integer in the range [4..30000].
f r am e R a te The frame rate of the placeholder, a floating-point value in the range [1.0..99.0]
d u r a ti o n The duration of the placeholder in seconds, a floating-point value in the range [0.0..10800.0].
Returns
PlaceholderItem object.
Project item() method

Description
Retrieves an item at a specified index position.
Parameters
index The index position of the item, an integer. The first item is at index 1.
Returns
Item object.
Project items attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m s
Description
All of the items in the project.
Type
ItemCollection object; read-only.
Project linearBlending attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .l i n e ar Bl e n d i n g
Description
True if linear blending should be used for this project; othewise false.
113
114
Type
Project numItems attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .n u m I t e m s
Description
The total number of items contained in the project, including folders and all types of footage.
Type
Integer; read-only.
Example
n = ap p .p r o je c t.n u m I t e m s ;
a l ert ("Th ere a re " + n + " it ems in th is proj ect. ")
Project reduceProject() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .r e d u c e Pr o je c t (a rr ay _ o f _ it e m s )
Description
Removes all items from the project except those specified. Same as the File > Reduce Project command.
Parameters
a rra y_o f_it ems An array containing the Item objects that are to be kept.
Returns
Integer; the total number of items removed.
Example
v a r t he I t em s = n ew A r r a y ( ) ;
t heI t em s [ th eI te m s .l en g t h] = a pp .p ro jec t .i te m (1 );
t heI t em s [ th eI te m s .l en g t h] = a pp .p ro jec t .i te m (3 );
a pp .p r o j e c t .r e d u c e Pr o je c t (t h e I te m s) ;
Project removeUnusedFootage() method

a pp . p r o j e c t . r e m ov e U n u s e d F o o t a g e ()
Description
Removes unused footage from the project. Same as the File > Remove Unused Footage command.
Parameters
None.
Returns
Integer; the total number of FootageItem objects removed.
114
115
Project renderQueue attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue
Description
The render queue of the project.
Type
RenderQueue object; read-only.
Project rootFolder attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .r o o tF o l d e r
Description
The root folder containing the contents of the project; this is a virtual folder that contains all items in the
Project panel, but not items contained inside other folders in the Project panel.
Type
FolderItem object; read-only.
Project save() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .sa v e ( )
a pp .p r o j e c t .sa v e (fil e)
Description
Saves the project. The same as the File > Save or File > Save As command. If the project has never previously
been saved and no file is specified, prompts the user for a location and file name. Pass a File object to save a
project to a new file without prompting.
Parameters
file Optional. An ExtendScript File object for the file to save.
Returns
None.
Project saveWithDialog() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .sa v e W it h D ia l o g ( )
Description
Shows the Save dialog box. The user can name a file with a location and save the project, or click Cancel to exit
the dialog.
Parameters
None.
115
116
Returns
Boolean; true if the project was saved.
Project selection attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .se l e c ti o n
Description
All items selected in the Project panel, in the sort order shown in the Project panel.
Type
Array of Item objects; read-only.
Project showWindow() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .sh o w W i n do w(d oS h ow )
Description
Shows or hides the Project panel.
Parameters
doShow When true, show the Project panel. When false, hide the Project panel.
Returns
Nothing.
Project timecodeBaseType attribute

a pp .p roj ec t .ti me co de Ba se Ty pe
Description
The Timecode Base option, as set in the Project Settings dialog box.
Type
A T im e c o d e Ba s e T y p e enumerated value; read/write. One of:

T i m e c o d e B a s e T yp e . AU T O
Timeco de BaseT ype. F PS24
Timeco de BaseT ype. F PS10 0
Project timecodeDisplayType attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .ti m e co de Di s pl a y T y pe
116
117
Description
The way in which timecode is set to display, as set in the Project Settings dialog box.
Type
A T im e c o d e D is p l ay T y p e enumerated value; read/write. One of:

T i m e c o d e D i s p l a yT yp e . T I M E C OD E
T i m e c o d e D i s p l a yT yp e . F R A M E S
T i m e c o de D i s pl a yT yp e . F E E T _ A N D _ F R A M E S
Project timecodeFilmType attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .ti m e co de F il m T yp e
Description
The film type, as set in the Feet + Frames option in the Project Settings dialog box.
Type
A T im ec o d e F i l m T y p e enumerated value; read/write. One of:

T i m e c o d e F il m T yp e . M M 1 6
T i m e c o d e F il m T yp e . M M 3 5
Project timecodeNTSCDropFrame attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .ti m e co de N T S C Dr o pF r am e
Description
How timecode for 29.97 fps footage is displayed, as set in the Project Settings dialog box under NTSC.
Type
Boolean, true for the Drop Frame option, false for the Non-Drop Frame option; read/write.
Project transparencyGridThumbnails attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .tr an s pa r e n cy G r i d T h u m b n ai l s
Description
When true, thumbnail views use the transparency checkerboard pattern.
Type
117
JavaScript Reference Property object
118
Property object
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .p r op e r t y S p ec
Description
The Property object contains value, keyframe, and expression information about a particular AE property of
a layer. An AE property is an value, often animatable, of an effect, mask, or transform within an individual
layer. For examples of how to access properties, see “PropertyBase object” on page 140 and “PropertyGroup
property() method” on page 149.
• PropertyGroup is a subclass of PropertyBase. All methods and attributes of PropertyBase, in addition to
those listed below, are available when working with PropertyGroup. See “PropertyBase object” on
page 140.
NOTE: JavaScript objects commonly referred to as “properties” are called “attributes” in this guide, to avoid
confusion with the After Effects definition of property.
Attributes
propertyValueType “Property propertyValueType attribute” Type of value stored in this property.

on page 131
va lue “Property value attribute” on page 138 Current value of the property.
h as Mi n “Property hasMin attribute” on When true, there is a minimum permitted value.

page 123
h as Max “Property hasMax attribute” on When true, there is a maximum permitted value.
page 123
minValue “Property minValue attribute” on The minimum permitted value.

page 130
maxValue “Property maxValue attribute” on The maximum permitted value.

page 130
i s Sp a t i a l “Property isSpatial attribute” on When true, the property defines a spatial value.
page 124
c a n Va r y O v e r T i m e “Property canVaryOverTime attribute” When true, the property can be keyframed.

on page 122
i s T im eV a r y i n g “Property isTimeVarying attribute” on When true, the property has keyframes or an

page 124 expression enabled that can vary its values.
numKeys “Property numKeys attribute” on The number of keyframes on this property.

page 131
un it sT ext “Property unitsText attribute” on A text description of the units in which the value is
page 138 expressed.
e x p r e ss i o n “Property expression attribute” on The expression string for this property.

page 122
c an Se tE x p r e s s io n “Property canSetExpression attribute” When true, the expression can be set by a script.
on page 122
e x p r e ss i o n E n a b l e d “Property expressionEnabled attribute” When true, the expression is used to generate val-
on page 123 ues for the property.
e x p r e ss i o n E r r o r “Property expressionError attribute” on The error, if any, that occurred when the last expres-
page 123 sion was evaluated.
118
119
keyframeInterpolationType “Property keyframeInterpolationType The type of interpolation used at a keyframe.

selectedKeys “Property selectedKeys attribute” on All selected keyframes of the property.

page 133
p r o p e r ty I n d e x “Property propertyIndex attribute” on The position index of this property.

page 131
Methods
valueAtTime() “Property valueAtTime() method” on Gets the value of the property evalu-
page 139 ated at given time.
s e t V al u e ( ) “Property setValue() method” on page 137 Sets the static value of the property.
s e t V a l u eA t T i m e ( ) “Property setValueAtTime() method” on Creates a keyframe for the property.

page 137
s e t V al u e s A tT i m e s( ) “Property setValuesAtTimes() method” on Creates a set of keyframes for the prop-

page 138 erty.
s e t V al u e A t K e y () “Property setValueAtKey() method” on Finds a keyframe and sets the value of

page 137 the property at that keyframe.
n e a r e st K e y I n d e x ( ) “Property nearestKeyIndex() method” on Gets the keyframe nearest to a specified

page 131 time.
k ey T i m e( ) “Property keyTime() method” on page 129 Gets the time at which a condition
occurs.
k ey Va l u e( ) “Property keyValue() method” on page 130 Gets the value of a keyframe at the time
at which a condition occurs.
a dd K ey ( ) “Property addKey() method” on page 122 Adds a new keyframe to the property at
a given time.
re move Key() “Property removeKey() method” on Removes a keyframe from the property.
page 132
i s I n te r p o l a t io n T y pe V a li d ( ) “Property isInterpolationTypeValid() When true, this property can be inter-

method” on page 124 polated.
s e t I n te r p o l at io n T y pe A t Ke y () “Property setInterpolationTypeAtKey() Sets the interpolation type for a key.

keyInInterpolationType() “Property keyInInterpolationType() method” Gets the 'in' interpolation type for a key.
on page 125
k e y O u t I n t e r po l a t i o n T y pe () “Property keyOutInterpolationType() Gets the 'out' interpolation type for a

method” on page 126 key.
s e t Sp a ti al T a n g e n t sA tK e y ( ) “Property setSpatialTangentsAtKey() Sets the “in” and “out” tangent vectors

method” on page 135 for a key.
k e y I n S p a t ia l T a n g e n t ( ) “Property keyInSpatialTangent() method” on Gets the “in” spatial tangent for a key.
page 125
k eyO utS p at ialTan gent () “Property keyOutSpatialTangent() method” Gets the “out” spatial tangent for a key.
on page 126
setTemporalEaseAtKey() “Property setTemporalEaseAtKey() method” Sets the “in” and “out” temporal ease for
on page 136 a key.
119
120
k ey I n T e m po r al E a s e() “Property keyInTemporalEase() method” on Gets the “in” temporal ease for a key.
page 126
k ey O u tT em p o r a lE as e( ) “Property keyOutTemporalEase() method” Gets the “out” temporal ease for a key.
on page 127
s e t T e m p o r a l C o n t in u o u s A t K e y ( ) “Property setTemporalContinuousAtKey() Sets whether a keyframe has temporal

method” on page 136 continuity.
keyTem por alCon tinuou s() “Property keyTemporalContinuous() Reports whether a keyframe has tem-
method” on page 129 poral continuity.
s e t T e m p o r a l A u t o Be z i e r A t K e y ( ) “Property setTemporalAutoBezierAtKey() Sets whether a keyframe has temporal

method” on page 135 auto-Bezier.
k eyTem por alAu toB ezier () “Property keyTemporalAutoBezier() Reports whether a keyframe has tem-
method” on page 129 poral auto-Bezier.
s e t Sp a ti al C o n ti n u o u sA tK e y ( ) “Property setSpatialContinuousAtKey() Sets whether a keyframe has spatial

method” on page 134 continuity.
k ey S pa ti a l C o n t in u o u s ( ) “Property keySpatialContinuous() method” Reports whether a keyframe has spatial

on page 128 continuity.
s e t Sp a ti al A u toB e z i e r A tK e y “Property setSpatialAutoBezierAtKey() Sets whether a keyframe has spatial

method” on page 134 auto-Bezier.
k ey S pa ti a l A u t o Be z ie r ( ) “Property keySpatialAutoBezier() method” Reports whether a keyframe has spatial

on page 128 auto-Bezier.
s e t R o v i n g A tK e y ( ) “Property setRovingAtKey() method” on Sets whether a keyframe is roving.

page 133
k ey R o v in g () “Property keyRoving() method” on page 127 Reports whether a keyframe is roving.
s et Se l ecte dA tK ey( ) “Property setSelectedAtKey() method” on Sets whether a keyframe is selected.

page 134
k ey S e l e c t ed ( ) “Property keySelected() method” on Reports whether a keyframe is selected.

page 128
Example: Get and set the value of opacity

v a r m y P r o p e r t y = m yL ay e r . o p a c i t y ;
/ / o p ac i t y h as p r o p e r t y V a l u e T y p e o f O n e D, an d i s s t o r e d as a f l o a t
m y P r o p e r t y . s e t V a l u e ( 0 . 5 );
// Va riable myOp acit y is a f l oat va lue
va r myO pa c ity = m y Pro pe rty. valu e;
Example: Get and set the value of a position

va r myProper ty = m yL ayer. po sit io n ;
/ / p os it i on ha s p ro pe rty V al ue T y pe of T hree D_ S P AT IA L , a n d i s s t o r e d a s a n a r r ay o f 3 f l o a t s
myProper ty.set Va lue([1 0.0 , 30 .0, 0 .0]);
/ / V a r i a b l e m y P o s i t i o n is a n a r r a y o f 3 f l o at s
v a r m y P o s it i o n = m y P r o p e rt y. va l u e;
Example: Change the value of a mask shape to be open instead of closed

v a r m y M a s k = m y l a y e r .m a s k ( 1 ) ;
v a r m y P r o p e r t y = m yM as k . m a s k P a t h ;
myShape = myPro pe rty.v alue ;
120
121
m y S h a pe .c l o s e d = f a l s e ;
myProperty.setValue(myShape);
Example: Get the value of a color at a particular time
A color is stored as an array of four floats, [r,g,b,opacity]. This sets the value of the red component of a light's
color at time 4 to be half of that at time 2:
va r myP rop er ty = m yL igh t. color;
va r color Valu e = m yP ro pe rty. value At Tim e( 2,t rue );
c o l o r V a l u e [ 0 ] = 0 . 5 * c o l o r V a l u e [0 ];
myProperty.setValueAtTime(4,colorValue);
Example: Check that a scale calculated by an expression at time 3.5 is the expected value of [10,50]
va r myProper ty = m yL ayer. sca l e;
/ / f a l s e v a l u e o f p r e E x p r e s s i o n m e a n s e v a l u at e t h e e x p r e s s i o n
va r s c aleV alue = myP rop er ty.v alueA tTime (3 .5,f a ls e) ;
i f ( s c a l e V al u e [0 ] = = 1 0 & & s c a l e V a l u e [ 1 ] = = 5 0 ) {
a l ert ("h urra y");
}
else {
a l ert (" oo ps " ) ;
}
Example: Keyframe a rotation from 0 to 90 and back again
The animation is 10 seconds, and the middle keyframe is at the 5 second mark. Rotation properties are stored
as a OneD value.
m y P r o p e r t y = m y L a y e r .r o t a t i o n ;
m y P r o p e r t y . s e t V a l u e A t T i m e ( 0 , 0 );
m y P r o p e r t y . s e t V a l u e A t T i m e ( 5 , 9 0) ;
myProperty.setValueAtTime(10, 0);
Example: Change the keyframe values for the first three keyframes of some source text
m y P r o p e r t y = m y T e x t L a y e r . s o u r c e T e xt ;
i f (m y P r o p e r t y . n u m K e y s < 3 ) {
a l ert ("er ror, I th ough t t her e w ere 3 ke yfra mes");
}
else {
myProper ty.set Va lueAt K ey(1, ne w T e x t D o c u m e n t( " k e y n um b e r 1 " ) ) ;
}
Example: Set values using the convenience syntax for position, scale, color, or source text
// Th ese tw o a re eq uiva lent . The se co nd fi l l s i n a de fa ul t o f 0 .
m y L a y e r . p o s i t i o n . se tV al u e ([ 2 0 , 3 0 , 0 ] ) ;
m y L a y e r . p o s i t i o n . se tV al u e ([ 2 0 , 3 0 ] ) ;
// Th ese tw o a re eq uiva lent . The se co nd fi l l s i n a de fa ul t o f 1 00.
myLa yer.scale .setV alue ([50 , 50 , 100 ]);
m y L a y e r .s c al e .s e tV al u e ([ 5 0 , 5 0 ]) ;
// Th ese tw o a re eq uiva lent . The se co nd fi l l s i n a de fa ul t o f 1 .0
121
122
myLigh t.co lo r.s et Valu e( [. 8, .3 , .1 , 1. 0] );

myLigh t.co lo r.s et Valu e( [. 8, .3 , .1 ]) ;
// Th ese tw o a re eq uiva lent . The s e co n d cr e a t e s a T e xt Do c u m e n t
m y T e xt L a y e r . s o u r c e T e x t . s e t V al u e (n e w T e x t D o c u m e n t( " f o o " ) ) ;
m y T e xt L a y e r . s o u r c e T e x t . s e t V al u e (" f o o " ) ;
Property addKey() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec .a dd Key( t i m e )
Description
Adds a new keyframe or marker to the named property at the specified time and returns the index of the new
keyframe.
Parameters
t im e The time, in seconds, at which to add the keyframe. A floating-point value. The beginning of the composition is 0.
Returns
Integer; the index of the new keyframe or marker.
Property canSetExpression attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .c an Se tE x p r e s s io n
Description
When true, the named property is of a type whose expression can be set by a script. See also “Property
expression attribute” on page 122.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
Property canVaryOverTime attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec . c a n V a r yO v e rT i m e
Description
When true, the named property can vary over time—that is, keyframe values or expressions can be written to
this property.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
Property expression attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .ex p r e s s i o n
Description
The expression for the named property. Writeable only when canSet Expr ession for the named property is
true. When you specify a value for this attribute, the string is evaluated.
122
123
• If the string contains a valid expression, e x p r e s s i o n E n a b l e d becomes true.

• If the string does not contain a valid expression, an error is generated, and e xp re ss i on E n a b l ed becomes
false.
• If you set the attribute to the empty string, e x p r e s s i o n E n a b l e d becomes false, but no error is generated.
Type
String; read/write if c an Se tE x p r e s s io n for the named property is true.
Property expressionEnabled attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .ex p r e s s i o n E n a b le d
Description
When true, the named property uses its associated expression to generate a value. When false, the keyframe
information or static value of the property is used. This attribute can be set to true only if c a n Se tE x p re ss i on
for the named property is true and expr ession contains a valid expression string.
Type
Property expressionError attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .ex p r e s s i o n E r r o r
Description
Contains the error, if any, generated by evaluation of the string most recently set in expr ession . If no
expression string has been specified, or if the last expression string evaluated without error, contains the
empty string ("").
Type
String; read-only.
Property hasMax attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .ha s Max
Description
When true, there is a maximum permitted value for the named property; otherwise false.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
Property hasMin attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .ha s Min
Description
When true, there is a minimum permitted value for the named property; otherwise false.
123
124
Type
Boolean; read-only.
Property isInterpolationTypeValid() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .i s I nte rpo l at io n Ty pe Val i d ( t yp e )
Description
Returns true if the named property can be interpolated using the specified keyframe interpolation type.
Parameters
t y pe A K e y f r a m e I n t er p o l a ti o n T y p e enumerated value; one of:
K e y f r a m e I n t er p o l a ti o n T y p e . L I N E A R
K e y f r a m e I n t er p o l a ti o n T y p e . B E Z I E R
K e y f r a m e I n t er p o l a ti o n T y p e . H O L D
Returns
Boolean.
Property isSpatial attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .i s Sp at i al
Description
When true, the named property defines a spatial value. Examples are position and effect point controls.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
Property isTimeVarying attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .is T im eVa rying
Description
When true, the named property is time varying—that is, it has keyframes or an enabled expression. When this
attribute is true, the attribute c a n V a r y O v e r T im e must also be true.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
Property keyframeInterpolationType attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .k ey f ram e I n te rp ol at i on T y p e
Description
The type of interpolation used at a keyframe.
124
125
Type
A Ke y fr am eI n ter po l ati o n T y pe enumerated value; read/write. One of:

Property keyInInterpolationType() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec . k e y I n I n t e r p o l a ti o n T y p e ( keyInd ex )
Description
Returns the 'in' interpolation type for the specified keyframe.
Parameters
k ey I n d ex The index for the keyframe. An integer in the range [1..numKeys], as returned by the ad d K e y or n e a r e s t K e y -
I n d e x method.
Returns
A Ke y fr am eI n ter po l ati o n T y pe enumerated value; one of:

Property keyInSpatialTangent() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .k eyInS p at ia lTange nt( keyInd ex )
Description
Returns the incoming spatial tangent for the specified keyframe, if the named property is spacial (that is, the
value type is T w o D _ SP A T I A L or T hree D_ S P AT I AL ).
Parameters
k ey I n d ex The index for the keyframe. An integer in the range [1..numKeys], as returned by the ad d K e y or n e a r e s t K e y -
I n d e x method.
Returns
Array of floating-point values:

• If the property value type is P r o p e r t y V a l u e T y p e .T wo D _ S P A T I A L , the array contains 2 floating-point
values.
• If the property value type is P r o p e r t y V a l u e T y p e . T hr e e D_ S P A T I A L , the array contains 3 floating-point
values.
• If the property value type is neither of these types, an exception is generated.
125
126
Property keyInTemporalEase() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .vk eyInTe m p ora lE as e( keyI ndex )
Description
Returns the incoming temporal ease for the specified keyframe.
Parameters
k ey I n d ex The index for the keyframe. An integer in the range [1..numKeys], as returned by the a dd K ey or near est-
Ke y I n d ex method.
Returns
Array of KeyframeEase objects:

• If the property value type is P r o p e r t y V a l u e T y p e .T wo D _ S P A T I A L , the array contains 2 objects.
• If the property value type is P r o p e r t y V a l u e T y p e . T hr e e D_ S P A T I A L , the array contains 3 objects.
• For any other value type, the array contains 1 object.
Property keyOutInterpolationType() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .k eyO utIn ter po la tion Type ( k e y I n d e x)
Description
Returns the outgoing interpolation type for the specified keyframe.
Parameters
Returns
A Ke y fr am eI n ter po l ati o n T y pe enumerated value; one of:

Property keyOutSpatialTangent() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .k eyO utSpat i alTan g ent (k e y I n d e x)
Description
Returns the outgoing spatial tangent for the specified keyframe.
Parameters
126
127
Returns
Array of floating-point values:

• If the property value type is P r o p e r t y V a l u e T y p e .T wo D _ S P A T I A L , the array contains 2 floating-point
values.
• If the property value type is P r o p e r t y V a l u e T y p e . T hr e e D_ S P A T I A L , the array contains 3 floating-point
values.
• If the property value type is neither of these types, an exception is generated.
Property keyOutTemporalEase() method

a pp . pr oj e ct . i t e m (i n de x) .l a y e r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p e c.k eyO utTe m pora lE ase( keyI ndex )
Description
Returns the outgoing temporal ease for the specified keyframe.
Parameters
Returns
Array of KeyframeEase objects:

• If the property value type is P r o p e r t y V a l u e T y p e .T wo D _ S P A T I A L , the array contains 2 objects.
• If the property value type is P r o p e r t y V a l u e T y p e . T hr e e D_ S P A T I A L , the array contains 3 objects.
• For any other value type, the array contains 1 object.
Property keyRoving() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .k eyRov in g (k ey I nd e x)
Description
Returns true if the specified keyframe is roving. The first and last keyframe in a property cannot rove; if you
try to set roving for one of these, the operation is ignored, and k ey R o v i n g ( ) continues to return false.
If the property value type is neither T w o D_ S P A T I A L nor T h r e e D_ S P A T I A L , an exception is generated.
Parameters
Returns
Boolean.
127
128
Property keySelected() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec . k e y S e l e c t e d (k ey I nd e x)
Description
Returns true if the specified keyframe is selected.
Parameters
Returns
Boolean.
Property keySpatialAutoBezier() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .k eySpa tia lA ut oBe z ie r( keyI ndex )
Description
Returns true if the specified keyframe has spatial auto-Bezier interpolation. (This type of interpolation affects
this keyframe only if ke ySpat i alCo ntinuo us( keyInd ex ) is also true.)
Parameters
Returns
Boolean.
Property keySpatialContinuous() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec . k e y S p a ti a lC o n t i n u o u s (k ey I n de x)
Description
Returns true if the specified keyframe has spatial continuity.

Parameters
Returns
Boolean.
128
129
Property keyTemporalAutoBezier() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec . k e y T e m p o r a l A u t o B e z i e r ( k e y I n d e x)
Description
Returns true if the specified keyframe has temporal auto-Bezier interpolation.

Temporal auto-Bezier interpolation affects this keyframe only if ke y fr am eI n ter po l at io n T y pe is K e y fr a m e I n -
t e r p o l a t i o n T y p e . B E Z I E R for both k e y I n I n t e r p o l a t i o n ( keyI ndex ) and ke y Ou tInt erp ola ti on( keyInd ex ) .
Parameters
Returns
Boolean.
Property keyTemporalContinuous() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec . k e y T e m p o r a l C o n t i n u o u s( keyInd ex )
Description
Returns true if the specified keyframe has temporal continuity.

Temporal continuity affects this keyframe only if keyframe Inte rpolat io nType is K e y f r a m e I n t e r p o l a -
t io n T y p e . B E Z I E R for both k e y I n I n t e r p o l a t io n (k ey I nd e x) and k ey O u t I n te r p o l at i o n ( k e y I n d e x) .
Parameters
Returns
Boolean.
Property keyTime() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec . k e y T i m e ( keyInd ex )
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec . k e y T i m e ( m a r k e r C o m m en t)
Description
Finds the specified keyframe or marker and returns the time at which it occurs.
If no keyframe or marker can be found that matches the argument, this method generates an exception, and
an error is displayed.
Parameters
k ey I n d ex The index for the keyframe. An integer in the range [1..numKeys], as returned by the ad dKe y or near -
e st K ey I n d ex method.
markerComment The comment string attached to a marker (see “MarkerValue comment attribute” on page 99).
129
130
Returns
Floating-point value.
Property keyValue() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .k eyVa lue( keyInd ex )
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .k eyVa lue( m a r k e r C o m m en t)
Description
Finds the specified keyframe or marker and returns its current value.
If no keyframe or marker can be found that matches the argument, this method generates an exception, and
an error is displayed.
Parameters
k ey I n d ex The index for the keyframe. An integer in the range [1..numKeys], as returned by the ad dKe y or near -
e st K ey I n d ex method.
markerComment The comment string attached to a marker (see “MarkerValue comment attribute” on page 99).
Returns
Floating-point value.
Property maxValue attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .ma x Valu e
Description
The maximum permitted value of the named property. If the hasMa x attribute is false, an exception occurs,
and an error is generated.
Type
Property minValue attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec . m i n V a l u e
Description
The minimum permitted value of the named property. If the ha sM in attribute is false, an exception occurs,
and an error is generated.
Type
130
131
Property nearestKeyIndex() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec . n e ar e s t K e y I n d e x (t i m e)
Description
Returns the index of the keyframe nearest to the specified time.
Parameters
t im e The time in seconds; a floating-point value. The beginning of the composition is 0.
Returns
Integer.
Property numKeys attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec . n u m K e y s
Description
The number of keyframes in the named property. If the value is 0, the property is not being keyframed.
Type
Integer; read-only.
Property propertyIndex attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .p rop er tyInd ex
Description
The position index of the named property. The first property is at index position 1.
Type
Integer; read-only.
Property propertyValueType attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .p r o p e r ty V a l u e T y p e
Description
The type of value stored in the named property. The Pr ope rty V al ue T y pe enumeration has one value for each
type of data that can be stored in or retrieved from a property. Each type of data is stored and retrieved in a
different kind of structure. All property objects store data according to one of these categories.
For example, a 3D spatial property (such as a layer's position) is stored as an array of three floating point
values. When setting a value for position, pass in such an array, as follows:
my l a ye r.p rop er ty ( " po si t io n "). se tVa lue([10, 20, 0]);
In contrast, a shape property (such as a layer's mask shape) is stored as a Shape object. When setting a value
for a shape, pass a Shape object, as follows:
v a r m y S h a pe = n e w S h a p e () ;
131
132
mySha pe .ve rtices = [[0,0 ], [0 ,10 0], [1 00, 100 ], [10 0,0 ]];
v a r m y M a s k = m y l a y e r .p r o p e r t y ( " A DBE Mask Pa rade").pro pe rty(1);
m y M as k. pr o pe r ty ( " A D BE M as k S h ap e " ) .s e tV al u e (m y S h a p e ) ;
Type
A Pr ope rty V al ue T y pe enumerated value; read/write. One of:

E
PropertyValueType.NO_VALUE Stores no data.
PropertyValueType.ThreeD_SPATIAL Array of three floating-point positional values. For example, an Anchor

Point value might be [10.0, 20.2, 0.0]
PropertyValueType.ThreeD Array of three floating-point quantitative values. For example, a Scale

value might be [100.0, 20.2, 0.0]
P r o p e r t y V a l u e T y p e . T w o D_ S P A T I A L Array of 2 floating-point positional values For example, an Anchor Point

value might be [5.1, 10.0]
PropertyValueType.TwoD Array of 2 floating-point quantitative values. For example, a Scale value

might be [5.1, 100.0]
PropertyValueType.OneD A floating-point value.
PropertyValueType.COLOR Array of 4 floating-point values in the range [0.0..1.0]. For example, [0.8,
0.3, 0.1, 1.0]
P r o p e r t y V a l u e T y p e . C U S T O M_ V A L U E Unimplemented type; you cannot get or set values for properties with this
type.
PropertyValueType.MARKER MarkerValue object; see “MarkerValue object” on page 98.
PropertyValueType.LAYER_INDEX Integer; a value of 0 means no layer.
PropertyValueType.MASK_INDEX Integer; a value of 0 means no mask.
Proper tyVa lueType. SH APE Shape object; see “Shape object” on page 164.
PropertyValueType.TEXT_DOCUMENT TextDocument object; see “TextDocument object” on page 171.
Property removeKey() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .re m ove Ke y (k ey I nd e x)
Description
Removes the specified keyframe from the named property. If no keyframe with the specified index exists,
generates an exception and displays an error.
When a keyframe is removed, the remaining index numbers change. To remove more than one keyframe, you
must start with the highest index number and work down to the lowest to ensure that the remaining indices
reference the same keyframe after each removal.
Parameters
Returns
Nothing.
132
133
Property selectedKeys attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec . s e l e c t ed K e y s
Description
The indices of all the selected keyframes in the named property. If no keyframes are selected, or if the property
has no keyframes, returns an empty array.
Type
Array of integers; read-only.
Property setInterpolationTypeAtKey() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .s et I n te rp ol at io n T y pe At Ke y (k ey I nd e x, i n Ty p e ,
o ut T y p e)
Description
Sets the ‘in’ and ‘out’ interpolation types for the specified keyframe.
Parameters
k ey I n d ex The index for the keyframe. An integer in the range [1..numKeys], as returned by the a d dK ey
or n e a re s t K e y I n d e x method.
inType The incoming interpolation type. A K e y f r a m e I n t er p o l a ti o n T y p e enumerated value; one

of:
outType (Optional) The outgoing interpolation type. If not supplied, the ‘out’ type is set to the i n T y p e
value. A K e y f r a m e I n t er p o l a ti o n T y p e enumerated value; one of:
Returns
Nothing.
Property setRovingAtKey() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec . s e t R o v i n g A tK e y ( k e y I n d ex , n ew Va l)
Description
Turns roving on or off for the specified keyframe. The first and last keyframe in a property cannot rove; if you
try to set roving for one of these, the operation is ignored, and k ey R o v i n g ( ) continues to return false.
Parameters
k ey I n d ex The index for the keyframe. An integer in the range [1..numKeys], as returned by the a d dK ey or n e a r e s t Ke y -
In de x method.
133
134
newVal True to turn roving on, false to turn roving off.
Returns
Nothing.
Property setSelectedAtKey() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .s et Se lecte dA tKey( keyInd ex , o nO f f )
Description
Selects or deselects the specified keyframe.
Parameters
onOff True to select the keyframe, false to deselect it.
Returns
Nothing.
Property setSpatialAutoBezierAtKey() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .s e t S p a t i a l A u to B e z i e r At K e y( k e y I n d e x , n e w V a l )
Description
Turns spatial auto-Bezier interpolation on or off for the specified keyframe.

Parameters
newVal True to turn spatial auto-Bezier on, false to turn it off.
Returns
Nothing.
Property setSpatialContinuousAtKey() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .s et Sp at i alCon ti nuo usA tK ey( k e y I n d ex , n e w V a l )
Description
Turns spatial continuity on or off for the specified keyframe.

134
135
Parameters
newVal True to turn spatial continuity on, false to turn it off.
Returns
Nothing.
Property setSpatialTangentsAtKey() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .set Spat ialTa n gent sA tKey( k e y I n d ex , i n T a n g e nt ,
o ut T an g en t)
Description
Sets the incoming and outgoing tangent vectors for the specified keyframe.
Parameters
inTangent The incoming tangent vector. An array of 2 or 3 floating-point values.
• If the property value type is P r o p e r t y V a l u e T y p e . T w o D_ S P A T I A L , the array contains 2 values.

• If the property value type is P r o p e r t y V a l u e T y p e . T h r e e D _ S P A T I A L , the array contains 3 values.
ou tTa n gent (Optional) The outgoing tangent vector. If not supplied, the ‘out’ tangent is set to the i n T a n g e n t value. An
array of 2 or 3 floating-point values.
• If the property value type is P r o p e r t y V a l u e T y p e . T w o D_ S P A T I A L , the array contains 2 values.

• If the property value type is P r o p e r t y V a l u e T y p e . T h r e e D _ S P A T I A L , the array contains 3 values.
Returns
Nothing.
Property setTemporalAutoBezierAtKey() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec . s e t T e m p o r a l A u t o B e z i e r A t K e y ( k e yI n de x , n ew Va l )
Description
Turns temporal auto-Bezier interpolation on or off for the specified keyframe. When this is turned on, it
affects this keyframe only if ke ySpa tialCo ntinuo us(k ey I nd e x) is also true.
Parameters
newVal True to turn temporal auto-Bezier on, false to turn it off.
Returns
Nothing.
135
136
Property setTemporalContinuousAtKey() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec . s e t T e m p o r a l C o n t in u ou s A t K e y ( k ey I n de x , n ew Va l)
Description
Turns temporal continuity on or off for the specified keyframe.

When temporal continuity is turned on, it affects this keyframe only if the K e y fr a m e I n ter po l a ti o n T yp e is
K e y f r a m e I n t er p o l a ti o n T y p e . B E Z I E R for both k e y I n I n t e r p o l a t i o n ( k e y I n d e x ) and ke y Ou tInt erp o-
l a t i o n ( keyInd ex ) .
Parameters
newVal True to turn temporal continuity on, false to turn it off.
Returns
Nothing.
Property setTemporalEaseAtKey() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec . s e t T e m p o r a l E a s e A t K e y ( k e y I n de x , i n T e m po r a l E a s e ,
o ut T e m po ra l Ea s e )
Description
Sets the incoming and outgoing temporal ease for the specified keyframe. See “KeyframeEase object” on
page 81.
Parameters
k ey I n d ex The index for the keyframe. An integer in the range [1..numKeys], as returned by the a dd K ey or ne ar-
estKe yI n de x method.
i n T e m po r a l E a se The incoming temporal ease. An array of 1, 2, or 3 KeyframeEase objects.
• If the property value type is Pro pe rty V al ue T y pe .T w oD_ S P AT I A L , the array contains 2
objects.
• If the property value type is Pro pe rty V al ue T y pe .T hr eeD _ SP AT I AL , the array contains 3
objects.
• For all other value types, the array contains 1 object.

ou tTe m po ralEa se (Optional) The outgoing temporal ease. If not supplied, the outgoing ease is set to the i n T e m po -
r a lE a s e value. An array of 1, 2, or 3 KeyframeEase objects.
• If the property value type is Pro pe rty V al ue T y pe .T w oD_ S P AT I A L , the array contains 2
objects.
• If the property value type is Pro pe rty V al ue T y pe .T hr eeD _ SP AT I AL , the array contains 3
objects.
• For all other value types, the array contains 1 object.
Returns
Nothing.
136
137
Property setValue() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .set Valu e( ne wV al ue )
Description
Sets the static value of a property that has no keyframes.

If the named property has keyframes, this method generates an exception and displayes an error. To set the
value of a property with keyframes, use “Property setValueAtTime() method” on page 137 or “Property
setValueAtKey() method” on page 137.
Parameters
ne wV alue A value appropriate for the type of property being set; see “Property propertyValueType attribute” on page 131.
Returns
Nothing.
Property setValueAtKey() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .set Valu eAt K ey(k ey I n de x, ne wV a lue )
Description
Finds the specified keyframe and sets its value.

If the named property has no keyframes, or no keyframe with the specified index, this method generates an
exception and displays an error.
Parameters
ne wV alue A value appropriate for the type of property being set; see “Property propertyValueType attribute” on
page 131.
Returns
Nothing.
Property setValueAtTime() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .set Valu eAt T ime( t i m e , n e w Va l u e )
Description
Sets the value of a keyframe at the specified time. Creates a new keyframe for the named property, if one does
not currently exist for the specified time, and sets its value.
Parameters
t im e The time in seconds, a floating-point value. The beginning of the composition is 0.
ne wV alue A value appropriate for the type of property being set; see “Property propertyValueType
attribute” on page 131.
137
138
Returns
Nothing.
Property setValuesAtTimes() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .set Valu esAtTime s( t i m e s , n e w V a l u e s )
Description
Sets values for a set of keyframes at specified of times. Creates a new keyframe for the named property, if one
does not currently exist for a specified time, and sets its value.
Times and values are expressed as arrays; the arrays must be of the same length.
Parameters
t im es An array of times, in seconds. Each time is a floating-point value. The beginning of the compo-
sition is 0.
ne wV alue s A array of values appropriate for the type of property being set; see “Property propertyValue-
Type attribute” on page 131.
Returns
Nothing.
Property unitsText attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec . u n i t sT ex t
Description
The text description of the units in which the value is expressed.
Type
String; read-only.
Property value attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec .va l ue
Description
The value of the named property at the current time.

• If e x p r e s s i o n E n a b l e d is true, returns the evaluated expression value.
• If there are keyframes, returns the keyframed value at the current time.
• Otherwise, returns the static value.
The type of value returned depends on the property value type. See examples for “Property object” on
page 118.
Type
A value appropriate for the type of the property (see “Property propertyValueType attribute” on page 131);
read-only.
138
139
Property valueAtTime() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e rt y S p ec . v a l u e A tT i m e ( t i m e , p r eE x p r e s s i o n )
Description
The value of the named property as evaluated at the specified time.

Note that the type of value returned is not made explicit; it will be of a different type, depending on the
property evaluated.
Parameters
t im e The time in seconds; a floating-point value. The beginning of the composition is 0.
p r e E xp r e ss i o n If the property has an expression and this is true, return the value for the specified time without
applying the expression to it. When false, return the result of evaluating the expression for the
specified time.
Ignored if the property does not have an associated expression.
Returns
A value appropriate for the type of the property (see “Property propertyValueType attribute” on page 131).
139
JavaScript Reference PropertyBase object
140
PropertyBase object
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .p r op e r t y S p ec
Description
Properties are accessed by name through layers, using various kinds of expression syntax, as controlled by
application preferences. For example, the following are all ways of access properties in the Effects group:
va r effect1 = a pp.pro ject .item (1 ).la yer( 1 ) . e f f e c t ( " A d d G r a i n " ) ( " V i e w in g M o d e " ) ;
v a r e f f e c t1 ag a in = ap p .p r o j e c t. it e m ( 1) .la yer( 1) .ef f ect. ad d Gr ain.v ie wingM od e;
v a r e f f e c t1 ag a in to o = ap p .p r o j e c t. it e m ( 1 ) .l a y e r ( 1 ) (" E f f e c ts " ) .a dd G r ai n . v i e w in g M o d e ;
v a r e f f e c t1 ag a in to o 2 = a pp .p r o je c t .i te m (1 ). l ay er ( 1 ) ( " E ff e c t s" ) ( " A d d G r a i n " )( " V i e w i n g M o de " );
See also “PropertyGroup property() method” on page 149.

• PropertyBase is the base class for both Property and PropertyGroup, so PropertyBase attributes and
methods are available when working with properties and property groups. See “Property object” on
page 118 and “PropertyGroup object” on page 147.
Reference invalidation
When something occurs that changes an object sufficiently for the reference to become invalid, script refer-
ences to that object can generate errors. In simple cases this is straightforward. For example, if you delete an
object, a reference to the deleted object generates the warning "Object is Invalid":
v a r l ay e r 1 = ap p .p r o je c t.i t e m ( 1 ) .l ay e r (1 );
la ye r1. remov e();
a l ert (l a ye r1. n am e ); / / i n v al i d r ef eren ce to d ele ted obj ect
Similarly, if you reference an AE property in a deleted object, the warning occurs:

v a r l ay e r 1 = ap p .p r o je c t.i t e m ( 1 ) .l ay e r (1 );
v a r l a y e r 1 p o s i t i o n = l a y e r 1 . t r a n s f o r m . po s i t i o n ;
la ye r1. remov e();
a l e r t (l a ye r 1 p o s i ti o n . v al u e ); / / in v al i d r ef e r e n c e t o p r o p e r t y i n s e l e c t e d o b j e c t
A less straightforward case is when a property is removed from a property group. In this case, After Effects
generates the "Object is Invalid" error when you subsequently reference that item or other items in the group,
because their index positions have changed. For example:
v a r e f f e c t1 = a pp .p r o je c t .i te m (1 ).l a y e r ( 1 ) .ef f e c t (1) ;
v a r e f f e c t2 = a pp .p r o je c t .i te m (1 ).l a y e r ( 1 ) .ef f e c t (2) ;
va r effect2 pa ram = a pp.proj ect. item (1 ) .l a y e r ( 1 ) .ef f e c t( 2 ) .b l e n dW i t hO r i g i n al ;
e f f e c t1 .r e m o v e () ;
a l e r t (e ff e c t 2 .n a m e ) ; / / i n v a li d r e f e r e n c e b e ca u s e g r o u p in de x p o s i ti o n s h a v e c h an g e d
Attributes
name “PropertyBase name attribute” on Name of the property.

page 144
matchName “PropertyBase matchName attribute” A special name for the property used to build unique naming paths.
on page 143
140
141
p r o p e r ty I n d e x “PropertyBase propertyIndex attribute” Index of this property within its parent group.
on page 145
p r o p e r ty De pt h “PropertyBase propertyDepth attribute” The number of levels of parent groups between this property and
on page 144 the containing layer.
p r o p e r ty T y p e “PropertyBase propertyType attribute” The property type.

on page 145
p ar e n tP r o pe r ty “PropertyBase parentProperty The immediate parent group of this property.

i s M o d i fi e d “PropertyBase isModified attribute” on When true, the property has been changed since its creation.
page 143
c a n Se t E n a b l e d “PropertyBase canSetEnabled attribute” When true, the user interface displays an eyeball icon for this prop-
on page 142 erty.
en abled “PropertyBase enabled attribute” on When true, this property is enabled.

page 143
a ct i ve “PropertyBase active attribute” on When true, this property is active.

page 141
elided “PropertyBase elided attribute” on When true, this property is not displayed in the user interface.
page 142
i s E ff e c t “PropertyBase isEffect attribute” on When true, this property is an effect.

page 143
isMask “PropertyBase isMask attribute” on When true, this property is a mask.

page 143
selected “PropertyBase selected attribute” on When true, this property is selected.

page 146
Methods
p r o p e r t y G r o u p ( ) “PropertyBase propertyGroup() Gets the parent group for this property.

re move () “PropertyBase remove() method” on Removes this from the project.

page 146
moveTo() “PropertyBase moveTo() method” on Moves this property to a new position in its parent group.
page 144
d u p l i ca te () “PropertyBase duplicate() method” on Duplicates this property object.

page 142
PropertyBase active attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec .a ct ive
Description
When true, this property is active. For a layer, this corresponds to the setting of the eyeball icon. For an effect
and all properties, it is the same as the e n a b l e d attribute.
Type
Boolean; read/write if c a n Se t E n a b l e d is true, read-only if c a n S e t E n a b l e d is false.
141
142
PropertyBase canSetEnabled attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec .can Se tEna bled
Description
When true, you can set the ena b led attribute value. Generally, this is true if the user interface displays an
eyeball icon for this property; it is true for all layers.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
PropertyBase duplicate() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec .d up lica te ()
Description
If this property is a child of an indexed group, creates and returns a new PropertyBase object with the same
attribute values as this one.
If this property is not a child of an indexed group, the method generates an exception and displays an error.
An indexed group has the type P r o p e r t y T y p e . I N D E X E D _ G R O U P ; see “PropertyBase propertyType
Parameters
None.
Returns
PropertyBase object.
PropertyBase elided attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec . e l i d ed
Description
When true, this property is a group used to organize other properties. The property is not displayed in the
user interface and its child properties are not indented in the Timeline panel.
For example, for a text layer with two animators and no properties twirled down, you might see:
T e xt
P at h O pt i o n s
Mo re O p tions
An ima to r 1
An ima to r 2
In this example, “Animator 1” and “Animator 2” are contained in a PropertyBase called “Text Animators.”
This parent group is not displayed in the user interface, and so the two child properties are not indented in
the Timeline panel.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
142
143
PropertyBase enabled attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec .en abled
Description
When true, this property is enabled. It corresponds to the setting of the eyeball icon, if there is one; otherwise,
the default is true.
Type
Boolean; read/write if c a n Se t E n a b l e d is true, read-only if c a n S e t E n a b l e d is false.
PropertyBase isEffect attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec .is E ff ect
Description
When true, this property is an effect PropertyGroup.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
PropertyBase isMask attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec .is Mas k
Description
When true, this property is a mask PropertyGroup.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
PropertyBase isModified attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec . i s M o d i fi e d
Description
When true, this property has been changed since its creation.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
PropertyBase matchName attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec . m a tc h N am e
Description
A special name for the property used to build unique naming paths. The match name is not displayed, but you
can refer to it in scripts. Every property has a unique match-name identifier. Match names are stable from
version to version regardless of the display name (the n am e attribute value) or any changes to the application.
Unlike the display name, it is not localized.
143
144
An indexed group may not have a n a m e value, but always has a m a t c h N a m e value. (An indexed group has the
type P r o p e r t y T y p e . I N D E X E D _ G R O U P ; see “PropertyBase propertyType attribute” on page 145.)
Type
String; read-only.
PropertyBase moveTo() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec .mov eTo( n e w I n d ex )
Description
Moves this property to a new position in its parent property group.

This method is valid only for children of indexed groups; if it is not, or if the index value is not valid, the
method generates an exception and displays an error. (An indexed group has the type P r o p e r -
t y T y p e . I N D E X E D _ G R O U P ; see “PropertyBase propertyType attribute” on page 145.)
Parameters
ne wIndex The new index position at which to place this property in its group. An integer.
Returns
Nothing.
PropertyBase name attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec .na m e
Description
The display name of the property. (Compare “PropertyBase matchName attribute” on page 143.)
It is an error to set the nam e value if the property is not a child of an indexed group (that is, a property group
that has the type P r o pe rt y T y p e . I N D E X E D _ GR OU P ; see “PropertyBase propertyType attribute” on
page 145).
Type
String; read/write for a child of an indexed group; otherwise read-only.
PropertyBase parentProperty attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec .pare n tPro pe rty
Description
The property group that is the immediate parent of this property, or null if this PropertyBase is a layer.
Type
PropertyGroup object or null; read-only.
PropertyBase propertyDepth attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec .p rop er tyDe pt h
144
145
Description
The number of levels of parent groups between this property and the containing layer. The value 0 for a layer.
Type
Integer; read-only.
PropertyBase propertyGroup() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec . p r o p e r ty G r o u p( )
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec . p r o p e r ty G r o u p( co untUp )
Description
Gets the PropertyGroup object for an ancestor group of this property at a specified level of the parent-child
hierarchy.
Parameters
countUp Optional. The number of levels to ascend within the parent-child hierarchy. An integer in the
range [1..pr ope rt yD ep th ]. Default is 1, which gets the immediate parent.
Returns
PropertyGroup object, or null if the count reaches the containing layer.
PropertyBase propertyIndex attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec .p rop er tyInd ex
Description
The position index of this property within its parent group, if it is a child of an indexed group (a property
group that has the type Pr op ert yT yp e. I NDE XED _ G RO UP ; see “PropertyBase propertyType attribute” on
page 145).
Type
Integer; read-only.
PropertyBase propertyType attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec . p r o p e r t y T y p e
Description
The type of this property.
Type
A Pr ope rty Ty p e enumerated value; read/write. One of:
P r o p e r ty T y p e .P R O P E R T Y A single property such as position or zoom.
PropertyType.INDEXED_GROUP A property group whose members have an editable name and an index. Effects
and masks are indexed groups. For example, the m a s k s property of a layer
refers to a variable number of individual masks by index number.
145
146
P r o p e r ty T y p e .N A M E D _ GR OU P A property group in which the member names are not editable. Layers are
named groups.
PropertyBase remove() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec .re m ove ()
Description
Removes this property from its parent group. If this is a property group, it removes the child properties as well.
This method is valid only for children of indexed groups; if it is not, or if the index value is not valid, the
method generates an exception and displays an error. (An indexed group has the type P r o p e r -
t y T y p e . I N D E X E D _ G R O U P ; see “PropertyBase propertyType attribute” on page 145.)
This method can be called on a text animation property (that is, any animator that has been set to a text layer).
Parameters
None.
Returns
Nothing.
PropertyBase selected attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y S p ec . s e l e c t ed
Description
When true, this property is selected. Set to true to select the property, or to false to deselect it.
Sampling this attribute repeatedly for a large number of properties can slow down system performance. To
read the full set of selected properties of a composition or layer, use the s e l e c t e d P r o p e r t ie s attribute of a
Comp or Layer object.
Type
Boolean; read/write for an effect or mask property group, otherwise read-only.
146
JavaScript Reference PropertyGroup object
147
PropertyGroup object
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .l ay e r ( inde x) .p r op e r t y G r oup S p e c
Description
The PropertyGroup object represents a group of properties. It can contain Property objects and other
PropertyGroup objects. Property groups can be nested to provide a parent-child hierarchy, with a Layer object
at the top (root) down to a single Property object, such as the mask feather of the third mask. To traverse the
group hierarchy, use PropertyBase methods and attributes; see “PropertyBase propertyGroup() method” on
page 145.
For examples of how to access properties and property groups, see “PropertyBase object” on page 140.
• PropertyGroup is a subclass of PropertyBase. All methods and attributes of PropertyBase, in addition to
those listed below, are available when working with PropertyGroup. See “PropertyBase object” on
page 140.
• PropertyGroup is a base class for MaskPropertyGroup. PropertyGroup attributes and methods are available
when working with mask groups. See “MaskPropertyGroup object” on page 102.
Attributes
n u m P r op e r t ie s “PropertyGroup numProperties attribute” on page 148 The number of indexed properties in the group.
Methods
p r o p e r ty ( ) “PropertyGroup property() method” on Gets a member property or group.

page 149
c an A d dP r o p e r ty ( ) “PropertyGroup canAddProperty() method” Reports whether a property can be added to the group.
on page 148
a dd P r o p e r t y () “PropertyGroup addProperty() method” on Adds a property to the group.

page 147
PropertyGroup addProperty() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y G r oup S p e c . a d dP rop er ty ( n a m e )
Description
Creates and returns a PropertyBase object with the specified name, and adds it to this group.
In general, you can only add properties to an indexed group (a property group that has the type
P r o p e r t y T y p e . I N D E X E D _ G R O U P ; see “PropertyBase propertyType attribute” on page 145) The only
exception is a text animator property, which can be added to a named group (a property group that has the
type P r o p e r ty T y p e .N A M E D _ GR OU P) .
If this method cannot create a property with the specified name, it generates an exception. To check that you
can add a particular property to this group, call c a n A dd P r o p e r t y before calling this method. (See “Property-
Group canAddProperty() method” on page 148.)
147
148
Parameters
name The display name or match name of the property to add. (See “PropertyBase matchName attribute” on page 143).
The following names are supported:
• Any match name for a property that can be added through the user interface. For example, “ADBE Mask Atom”,
“ADBE Paint Atom”, “ADBE Text Position”, “ADBE Text Anchor Point”.
• When adding to an ADBE Mask Parade: “ADBE Mask Atom”, “Mask”.

• When adding to an ADBE Effect Parade, any effect by match name, such as “ADBE Bulge”, “ADBE Glo2”, “APC Vegas”.
• Any effect by display name, such as “Bulge”, “Glow”, “Vegas”.
• For text animators, “ADBE Text Animator”.
• For selectors, Range Selector has the name “ADBE Text Selector”, Wiggly Selector has the name “ADBE Text Wiggly
Selector”, and Expression Selector has the name “ADBE Text Expressible Selector”.
Returns
PropertyBase object.
PropertyGroup canAddProperty() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y G r oup S p e c.ca n AddPro pe rty( n a m e )
Description
Returns true if a property with the given name can be added to this property group. For example, you can only
add mask to a mask group. The only legal input arguments are “mask” or “ADBE Mask Atom”.
m a sk G r o u p. c an A d d Pr o p e r t y (" m a sk " ) ; / / r e tu r n s t r u e
m a sk G r o u p. c an A d d Pr o p e r t y (" A DBE M a s k A t o m " ) ; / / r e t u r n s t r u e
m a sk G r o u p. c an A d d Pr o p e r t y (" b len d"); // re tur n s false
Parameters
name The display name or match name of the property to be checked. (See “PropertyGroup addProp-
erty() method” on page 147).
Returns
Boolean.
PropertyGroup numProperties attribute

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y G r oup S p e c . n u m P r o p e r t i e s
Description
The number of indexed properties in this group.

For layers, this method returns a value of 3, corresponding to the mask, effect, and motion tracker groups,
which are the indexed groups within the layer. However, layers also have many other properties available only
by name; see the “PropertyGroup property() method” on page 149.
Type
Integer; read-only.
148
149
PropertyGroup property() method

a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y G r oup S p e c . p r o pe r ty( in d ex )
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .p r op e r t y G r oup S p e c . p r o pe r ty( n am e )
Description
Finds and returns a child property of this group, as specified by either its index or name.
A name specification can use the same syntax that is available with expressions. The following are all allowed
and are equivalent:
m y l a ye r .p o s i ti o n
m y l a ye r ( " po si ti o n " )
my l a ye r.p rop er ty ( " po si t io n ")
m y l a ye r ( 1 )
m y l a ye r . p r o p e r t y ( 1 )
Some properties of a layer, such as position and zoom, can be accessed only by name.
When using the name to find a property that is multiple levels down, you must make more than one call to
this method. For example, the following call searches two levels down, and returns the first mask in the mask
group:
m y L a y e r .p r o pe r ty ( " A D BE M as ks " ) .p r o p e r t y (1 )
Parameters
index The index for the child property, in this is an indexed group. An integer in the range [0..n u m P r o p e r -
t i es ].
name The name of the child property. This can be:
• Any match name

• Any name in expression “parenthesis style” syntax, meaning the display name or the compact English
name
• Any name in expression “intercap style” syntax

For supported property names, see the table below.
Returns
PropertyBase object or null if no child property with the specified string name is found.
Properties accessible by name
From any Layer • "ADBE Mask Parade", or “Masks”
• "ADBE Effect Parade", or “Effects”
• "ADBE MTrackers", or “Motion Trackers”
149
150
From an AVLayer • "Anchor Point" or "anchorPoint"
• "Position" or "position"
• "Scale" or "scale"
• "Rotation" or "rotation"
• "Z Rotation" or "zRotation" or "Rotation Z" or "rotationZ"
• "Opacity" or "opacity"
• "Marker" or "marker"
From an AVLayer with a non-still source • "Time Remap" or "timeRemapEnabled"
From an AVLayer with an audio component • "Audio Levels" or "audioLevels"
From a camera layer • "Zoom" or "zoom"
• "Depth of Field" or "depthOfField"
• "Focus Distance" or "focusDistance"
• "Aperture" or "aperture"
• "Blur Level" or "blurLevel"
From a light layer • "Intensity" or "intensity"
• "Color" or "color"
• "Cone Angle" or "coneAngle"
• "Cone Feather" or "coneFeather"
• "Shadow Darkness" or "shadowDarkness"
• "Shadow Diffusion" or "shadowDiffusion"
• "Casts Shadows" or "castsShadows"
From a 3D layer • "Accepts Shadows" or "acceptsShadows"
• "Accepts Lights" or "acceptsLights"
• "Ambient" or "ambient"
• "Diffuse" or "diffuse"
• "Specular" or "specular"
• "Shininess" or "shininess"
• "Casts Shadows" or "castsShadows"
• "Light Transmission" or "lightTransmission"
• "Metal" or "metal"
From a camera, light or 3D layer • "X Rotation" or "xRotation" or "Rotation X" or "rotationX"
• "Y Rotation" or "yRotation" or "Rotation Y" or "rotationY"
• "Orientation" or "orientation"
From a text layer • "Source Text" or "sourceText" or "Text" or "text"
From a PropertyGroup "ADBE Mask Parade" • "ADBE Mask Atom"
From a PropertyGroup "ADBE Mask Atom" • "ADBE Mask Shape", or “maskShape”
• "ADBE Mask Feather", or “maskFeather”
• "ADBE Mask Opacity", or “maskOpacity”
• "ADBE Mask Offset", or “maskOffset”
150
151
Examples
1 If a layer named “myLayer” has a Box Blur effect, you can retrieve the effect in any of the following ways:
m y L a y e r .p r o pe r ty ( “ E f fe c ts ” ). p r o p e r t y (“ B o x Bl u r ” );
m y L a y e r .p r o pe r ty ( “ E f fe c ts ” ). p r o p e r t y (“ b o xB l u r ” ) ;
m y L a y e r .p r o pe r ty ( “ E f fe c ts ” ). p rop ert y (“ A DB E Box B lu r” ) ;
2 If a layer named “myLayer” has a mask named “Mask 1” you can retrieve it as follows:
m y L a y e r .p r o pe r ty ( “ M a sk s ” ). pr o p e r t y (“ M as k 1 ” );
3 To get a Bulge Center value from a Bulge effect, you can use either of the following:
m y L a y e r .p r o pe r ty ( “ E f fe c ts ” ). p r o p e r t y(“B ulge”).pro pe rty(“Bu lg e Cent er” );
m y L a y e r .p r o pe r ty ( “ E f fe c ts ” ). p r o p e r t y( “ B ul g e ” ) . p r o pe rt y ( “ b u l g e C e n t e r ” ) ;
151
JavaScript Reference RenderQueue object
152
RenderQueue object
a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue
Description
The RenderQueue object represents the render automation process, the data and functionality that is available
through the Render Queue panel of a particular After Effects project. Attributes provide access to items in the
render queue and their render status. Methods can start, pause, and stop the rendering process.
The RenderQueueItem object provides access to the specific settings for an item to be rendered. See “Render-
QueueItem object” on page 155.
Attributes
re nde ring “RenderQueue rendering attribute” on page 154 When true, a render is in progress.
nu mIte ms “RenderQueue numItems attribute” on page 153 The total number of items in the render queue.
i te m s “RenderQueue items attribute” on page 153 The collection of items in the render queue.
Methods
showWindow() “RenderQueue showWindow() method” Show or hides the Render Queue panel.
on page 154
r e n d e r( ) “RenderQueue render() method” on Starts the rendering process; does not return until render is
page 153 complete.
p au se R e n d e r i n g ( ) “RenderQueue pauseRendering() Pauses or restarts the rendering process.

s to pR e n d e r i n g ( ) “RenderQueue stopRendering() Stops the rendering process.

i te m ( ) “RenderQueue Item() method” on Gets a render-queue item from the collection.

page 152
RenderQueue Item() method

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item ( i nd e x)
Description
Gets a specified item from the i te m s collection.
Parameters
index The position index of the item. An integer in the range [0..n um I tem s ].
Returns
RenderQueueItem object.
152
153
RenderQueue items attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item s
Description
A collection of all items in the render queue. See “RenderQueueItem object” on page 155.
Type
RQItemCollection object; read-only.
RenderQueue numItems attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .numIt ems
Description
The total number of items in the render queue.
Type
Integer; read-only.
RenderQueue pauseRendering() method

a pp . p r o j e c t .r e n d e r Q u e u e .p a u s e R e n d e r i n g ( p au s e )
Description
Pauses the current rendering process, or continues a paused rendering process. This is the same as clicking
Pause in the Render Queue panel during a render. You can call this method from an o n S t a t u s C h a n g e d or
onE rror callback. See “RenderQueueItem onStatusChanged attribute” on page 157 and “Application onError
Parameters
p au se True to pause a current render process, false to continue a paused render.
Returns
Nothing.
RenderQueue render() method

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .render ()
Description
Starts the rendering process. This is the same as clicking Render in the Render Queue panel. The method does
not return until the render process is complete. To pause or stop the rendering process, call p a u se R e n d e r i n g ( )
or s t o pR e n d e r i n g ( ) from an onEr ror or onS t at usC han ged callback.
• To respond to errors during the rendering process, define a callback function in ap p .o n E r r o r ; see “Appli-
cation onError attribute” on page 26.
• To respond to changes in the status of a particular item while the render is progressing, define a callback
function in R enderQ ueu eIt em.o n Sta tusCha n ged in the associated RenderQueueItem object; see “Render-
QueueItem onStatusChanged attribute” on page 157.
153
154
Parameters
None.
Returns
Nothing.
RenderQueue rendering attribute

a pp . pr o j e c t .r e n d e r Q u e u e .r e n d e r i n g
Description
When true, the rendering process is in progress or paused. When false, it is stopped.
Type
Boolean; read-only.
RenderQueue showWindow() method

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .sh ow Windo w( d oS h ow )
Description
Shows or hides the Render Queue panel.
Parameters
doShow When true, show the Render Queue panel. When false, hide it.
Returns
Nothing.
RenderQueue stopRendering() method

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .st opRen de ring()
Description
Stops the rendering process. This is the same as clicking Stop in the Render Queue panel during a render. You
can call this method from an o n S t a t u s C h a n g e d or onErr or callback. See “RenderQueueItem onStatus-
Changed attribute” on page 157 and “Application onError attribute” on page 26.
Parameters
None.
Returns
Nothing.
154
JavaScript Reference RenderQueueItem object
155
RenderQueueItem object
a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item s( i n d ex )
Description
The RenderQueueItem object represents an individual item in the render queue. It provides access to the
specific settings for an item to be rendered. Create the object by adding a composition to the Render Queue
with the RQItemCollection object; see “RQItemCollection add() method” on page 161.
Attributes
n u m O u tp u t M o d u l e s “RenderQueueItem numOutputModules The total number of Output Modules assigned to the

attribute” on page 157 item.
re nde r “RenderQueueItem render attribute” on When true, this item is rendered when the queue is
page 158 started.
s ta r tT im e “RenderQueueItem startTime attribute” on The time when rendering began for the item.
page 159
elapsedSeconds “RenderQueueItem elapsedSeconds The time elapsed in the current rendering of this item.
t im eS pa n S ta r t “RenderQueueItem timeSpanStart The start time in the composition to be rendered.

t im eS pa n Du rat i o n “RenderQueueItem timeSpanDuration The duration of the composition to be rendered.

s ki p F r a m e s “RenderQueueItem skipFrames attribute” The number of frames to skip when rendering this item.
on page 159
comp “RenderQueueItem comp attribute” on The composition to be rendered by this item.

page 156
outputModules “RenderQueueItem outputModules The collection of Output Modules for this item.
t em p l at es “RenderQueueItem templates attribute” on A set of Render Settings templates.

page 160
s ta tu s “RenderQueueItem status attribute” on The current rendering status of the item.

page 159
onStatusChanged “RenderQueueItem onStatusChanged A callback function that is called during the rendering
attribute” on page 157 process when the status of the item changes.
logType “RenderQueueItem logType attribute” on A log type for this item.

page 157
Methods
outputModule() “RenderQueueItem outputModule() method” on Gets an Output Module for the item.
page 158
re move () “RenderQueueItem remove() method” on page 158 Removes the item from the render queue.
s a v e A s T e m p l a t e( ) “RenderQueueItem saveAsTemplate() method” on Saves a new Render Settings template.

page 159
155
156
a pp l y T e m p l at e ( ) “RenderQueueItem applyTemplate() method” on Applies a Render Settings template.

page 156
d u p l i ca te “RenderQueueItem duplicate() method” on page 156 Duplicates this item.
RenderQueueItem applyTemplate() method

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item .ap p l y T e m p l at e ( t e m p l a t e N am e )
Description
Applies a Render Settings template to the item. See also “RenderQueueItem saveAsTemplate() method” on
page 159 and “RenderQueueItem templates attribute” on page 160.
Parameters
t em p l at eN a m e A string containing the name of the template to apply.
Returns
Nothing.
RenderQueueItem comp attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .c o m p
Description
The composition that will be rendered by this render-queue item. To change the composition, you must delete
this render-queue item and create a new one.
Type
CompItem object; read-only.
RenderQueueItem duplicate() method

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .d u p l ic a te ()
Description
Creates a duplicate of this item and adds it this render queue.
Parameters
None.
Returns
RenderQueueItem elapsedSeconds attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .e l a ps e d S e c o n d s
156
157
Description
The number of seconds spent rendering this item.
Type
Integer, or null if item has not been rendered; read-only.
RenderQueueItem logType attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .o u t p u t M o d u l e. l o g T y p e
Description
A log type for this item, indicating which events should be logged while this item is being rendered.
Type
A L o g T y p e enumerated value; (read/write). One of:

L o g T y p e .E R R OR S _ O N L Y
L o g T y pe . E R R OR S _ A N D _ S E T T I N G S
L o g T y pe . E R R OR S _ A N D _ P E R _ F R A M E _ I N F O
RenderQueueItem numOutputModules attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .n u m Ou tp u t M o d u l e s
Description
The total number of Output Modules assigned to this item.
Type
Integer; read-only.
RenderQueueItem onStatusChanged attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .o n S t a t u s C h a n g e d
Description
The name of a callback function that is called whenever the value of the Re n de rQ ueue I te m .s ta tus attribute
changes. See “RenderQueueItem status attribute” on page 159.
You cannot make changes to render queue items or to the application while rendering is in progress or paused;
you can, however, use this callback to pause or stop the rendering process. See “RenderQueue pauseRen-
dering() method” on page 153 and “RenderQueue stopRendering() method” on page 154.
See also “Application onError attribute” on page 26.
Type
A function name string, or null if no function is assigned.
Example
f u n c t io n m y S t a t u s C h a n g e d ( ) {
a l ert (a pp.pro ject .ren de rQu eue .item (1 ). st at us)
}
157
158
a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (1 ).o n S t a t u s C h a n g e d = m y S t a t u s C h a n g e d ( ) ;

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (1 ).r ender = f al s e ; / / c h a n g e s s ta tu s an d s h o w s di a l o g
RenderQueueItem outputModules attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .o u t p u t M o d u l e s
Description
The collection of Output Modules for the item.
Type
OMCollection object; read-only.
RenderQueueItem outputModule() method

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .o u t p u t M o d u l e ( i n d ex )
Description
Gets an output module with the specified index position.
Parameters
index The position index of the output module. An integer in the range [1..numO ut pu tM odules ].
Returns
OutputModule object.
RenderQueueItem remove() method

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .re move ()
Description
Removes this item from the render queue.
Parameters
None.
Returns
Nothing.
RenderQueueItem render attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .re nde r
Description
When true, the item will be rendered when the render queue is started. When set to true, the R e n d e r -
Q ueu eIt em.st atu s is set to R QI t em S ta tu s. QU E UE D . When set to false, st at us is set to RQI tem-
S ta tu s. U N Q U E U E D .
158
159
Type
RenderQueueItem saveAsTemplate() method

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .s a v e A s T e m p l a t e( n a m e )
Description
Saves the item’s current render settings as a new template with the specified name.
Parameters
name A string containing the name of the new template.
Returns
Nothing.
RenderQueueItem skipFrames attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .s ki p F r am e s
Description
The number of frames to skip when rendering this item. Use this to do rendering tests that are faster than a
full render.
A value of 0 skip no frames, and results in regular rendering of all frames. A value of 1 skips every other frame.
This is equivalent to "rendering on twos." Higher values skip a larger number of frames.
The total length of time remains unchanged. For example, if skip has a value of 1, a sequence output would
have half the number of frames and in movie output, each frame would be double the duration.
Type
Integer in the range [0..99]. Read/write.
RenderQueueItem startTime attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .s ta r tT im e
Description
The day and time that this item started rendering.
Type
Date object, or null if the item has not started rendering; read-only.
RenderQueueItem status attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .s ta tu s
Description
The current render status of the item.
159
160
Type
An R Q I t e m S t a tu s enumerated value; read-only. One of:
R Q I t e m S t a tu s. W I L L _ C O N T I N U E Rendering process has been paused.
R Q I t e m S t a tu s. N E E D S _ O U T P U T Item lacks a valid output path.
R Q I t e m S t a tu s. UN Q U E U E D Item is listed in the Render Queue panel but composition is not ready to render.
R Q I t e m S t a tu s. QU E U E D Composition is ready to render.
R Q I t e m S t a tu s. RE N D E R I N G Composition is rendering
R Q I t e m S ta tu s. U S E R _ S T O PP E D Rendering process was stopped by user or script.
R Q I t e m S t a tu s. E R R _ S T O P P E D Rendering process was stopped due to an error.
R Q I t e m S t a tu s. DO N E Rendering process for the item is complete.
RenderQueueItem templates attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .t em p l at es
Description
The names of all Render Settings templates available for the item. See also “RenderQueueItem saveAsTemplate()
method” on page 159.
Type
RenderQueueItem timeSpanDuration attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .t im eS pa n Du rat i o n
Description
The duration in seconds of the composition to be rendered. The duration is determined by subtracting the
start time from the end time. Setting this value is the same as setting a custom end time in the Render Settings
dialog box.
Type
RenderQueueItem timeSpanStart attribute

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item (i nd e x) .t im eS pa n S ta r t
Description
The time in the composition, in seconds, at which rendering will begin. Setting this value is the same as setting
a custom start time in the Render Settings dialog box.
Type
160
JavaScript Reference RQItemCollection object
161
RQItemCollection object
a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item s
Description
The RQItemCollection contains all of the render-queue items in a project, as shown in the Render Queue
panel of the project. The collection provides access to the RenderQueueItem objects, and allows you to create
them from compositions. The first RenderQueueItem object in the collection is at index position 1. See
“RenderQueueItem object” on page 155
• RQItemCollection is a subclass of Collection. All methods and attributes of Collection are available when
working with RQItemCollection. See “Collection object” on page 51.
Methods
a dd ( ) “RQItemCollection add() method” on page 161 Adds a composition to the Render Queue.
RQItemCollection add() method

a pp.proj ect .render Qu eue .item s. add( c o m p )
Description
Adds a composition to the Render Queue, creating a RenderQueueItem.
Parameters
comp The CompItem object for the composition to be added.
Returns
161
JavaScript Reference Settings object
162
Settings object
Description
The Settings object provides an easy way to manage settings for scripts. The settings are saved in the After
Effects preferences file and are persistent between application sessions. Settings are identified by section and
key within the file, and each key name is associated with a value. In the preferences file, section names are
enclosed in brackets and quotation marks, and key names are listing in quotation marks below the section
name. All values are strings.
You can create new settings with this object, as well as accessing existing settings.
Methods
s av e S e tt i n g () “Settings saveSetting() method” on page 163 Saves a default value for a setting.
ge tS et ti ng( ) “Settings getSetting() method” on page 162 Retrieves a setting value.
h aveS e tt in g () “Settings haveSetting() method” on page 162 Reports whether a specified setting is assigned.
Settings getSetting() method

a pp . se t t i ng s .get Sett ing( se ct i on N a m e, ke y N am e )
Description
Retrieves a scripting preferences item value from the preferences file.
Parameters
s e c t io n N am e A string containing the name of a settings section
k ey N a m e A string containing the key name of the setting item.
Returns
String.
Example
If you have saved a setting named with the key name “Aligned Clone” in the “Eraser - Paint Settings” section,
you can retrieve the value with this script:
v a r n = ap p .se tt i n g s. g e t Se tt i n g (" E r as e r - P a i n t S e t t i n g s ", " A l i g n e d C l o n e " ) ;
a l e r t (" T h e s e tt i n g i s " + n );
Settings haveSetting() method

a pp . se t t i ng s .ha veSet ting( s ec t i o n N a m e , k e y N a m e)
Description
Returns true if the specified scripting preferences item exists and has a value.
162
JavaScript Reference Settings object
163
Parameters
Returns
Boolean.
Settings saveSetting() method

a pp . se t t i ng s .s ave Se tt in g (s e c t i o n N a m e , k ey N a m e , v a l u e)
Description
Saves a default value for a scripting preferences item.
Parameters
va lue A string containing the new value.
Returns
Nothing.
163
JavaScript Reference Shape object
164
Shape object
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .pro pe rty ( in d ex ). pr op ert y (" m a sk S ha pe "). value
Description
The Shape object encapsulates information describing a shape in a shape layer, or the outline shape of a Mask.
It is the value of the “Mask Path” AE properties, and of the "Path" AE property of a shape layer. Use the
constructor, new S h a p e ( ) , to create a new, empty Shape object, then set the attributes individually to define
the shape.
A shape has a set of anchor points, or vertices, and a pair of direction handles, or tangent vectors, for each
anchor point. A tangent vector (in a non-RotoBezier mask) determines the direction of the line that is drawn
to or from an anchor point. There is one incoming tangent vector and one outgoing tangent vector associated
with each vertex in the shape.
A tangent value is a pair of x,y coordinates specified relative to the associated vertex. For example, a tangent
of [-1,-1] is located above and to the left of the vertex and has a 45 degree slope, regardless of the actual
location of the vertex. The longer a handle is, the greater its influence; for example, an incoming shape
segment stays closer to the vector for an in T an g e n t of [-2,-2] than it does for an i n T a n g e n t of
[-1,-1], even though both of these come toward the vertex from the same direction.
If a shape is not closed, the i n T a n g e n t for the first vertex and the ou tTa n gent for the final vertex are ignored.
If the shape is closed, these two vectors specify the direction handles of the final connecting segment out of
the final vertex and back into the first vertex.
RotoBezier masks calculate their tangents automatically. (See “MaskPropertyGroup rotoBezier attribute” on
page 103.) If a shape is used in a RotoBezier mask, the tangent values are ignored. This means that, for
RotoBezier masks, you can construct a shape by setting only the v e r ti c e s attribute and setting both in T an g e n ts
and o utT an g e n ts to null. When you access the new shape, its tangent values are filled with the automatically-
calculated tangent values.
Example: Create a square mask
A square is a closed shape with 4 vertices. The i n T a n g e n ts and o u t T a n g e n t s for connected straight-line
segments are 0, the default, and do not need to be explicitly set.
my S ha pe .ve rti c es = [[ 0,0 ], [0 ,10 0], [1 00, 100 ], [ 10 0,0 ]] ;
m y S h a p e .c l o s e d = t r u e ;
Example: Create a “U” shaped mask
A "U" is an open shape with the same 4 vertices used in the square:
my S ha pe .ve rti c es = [[ 0,0 ], [0 ,10 0], [1 00, 100 ], [ 10 0,0 ]] ;
m y S h a pe .c l o s e d = f a l s e ;
Example: Create an oval
An oval is a closed shape with 4 vertices and with i n T a n g e n t and o utT a n g en t values:
m y S h a p e .v e r t i c e s = [ [ 3 0 0 , 5 0 ], [2 00,1 50],[30 0,25 0],[400 ,150 ]];
m y S h a pe .i n T a n g e n t s = [ [ 5 5 . 2 3 ,0 ] , [ 0 , - 5 5 .2 3] ,[ - 5 5.2 3 ,0 ], [0 , 5 5 . 2 3 ] ] ;
mySha pe .ou tTa n gent s = [[-55 .23 ,0],[0, 55.2 3],[55. 23,0 ], [0 ,-55 .23]];
m y S h a p e .c l o s e d = t r u e ;
164
165
Attributes
closed “Shape closed attribute” on page 165 When true, the shape is a closed curve.
ve rtices “Shape vertices attribute” on page 166 The anchor points of the shape.
inTangents “Shape inTangents attribute” on page 165 The tangent vectors coming into the shape vertices.
outTangents “Shape outTangents attribute” on page 165 The tangent vectors coming out of the shape vertices.
Shape closed attribute

s h a p e O b j ec t .va lu e.clos ed
Description
When true, the first and last vertices are connected to form a closed curve. When false, the closing segment is
not drawn.
Type
Shape inTangents attribute

s h a p e O b j ec t . v a lu e. i n T a n g e n t s
Description
The incoming tangent vectors, or direction handles, associated with the vertices of the shape. Specify each
vector as an array of two floating-point values, and collect the vectors into an array the same length as the
ve rtices array.
Each tangent value defaults to [0,0]. When the mask shape is not RotoBezier, this results in a straight line
segment.
If the shape is in a RotoBezier mask, all tangent values are ignored and the tangents are automatically calcu-
lated.
Type
Array of floating-point pair arrays; read/write.
Shape outTangents attribute

s h a p e O b j ec t .va lu e.o utT angen ts
Description
The outgoing tangent vectors, or direction handles, associated with the vertices of the shape. Specify each
vector as an array of two floating-point values, and collect the vectors into an array the same length as the
ve rtices array.
Each tangent value defaults to [0,0]. When the mask shape is not RotoBezier, this results in a straight line
segment.
If the shape is in a RotoBezier mask, all tangent values are ignored and the tangents are automatically calcu-
lated.
165
166
Type
Shape vertices attribute

s h a p e O b j ec t .va lu e.v ert ice s
Description
The anchor points of the shape. Specify each point as an array of two floating-point values, and collect the
point pairs into an array for the complete set of points. For example:
my S ha pe .ve rti c es = [[ 0,0 ], [0 ,1] , [ 1,1 ], [1 ,0] ] ;
Type
166
JavaScript Reference ShapeLayer object
167
ShapeLayer object
Description
The ShapeLayer object represents a shape layer within a composition. Create it using the LayerCollection
object’s a dd S h ap e ( ) method; see “LayerCollection addShape() method” on page 94. It can be accessed in an
• ShapeLayer is a subclass of AVLayer, which is a subclass of Layer. All methods and attributes of AVLayer and
Layer are available when working with ShapeLayer. See “Layer object” on page 83 and “AVLayer object” on
page 39.
167
JavaScript Reference SolidSource object
168
SolidSource object
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) . m a in So ur c e
Description
The SolidSource object represents a solid-color footage source.

• SolidSource is a subclass of FootageSource. All methods and attributes of FootageSource, in addition to
those listed below, are available when working with SolidSource. See “FootageSource object” on page 67.
Attributes
color “SolidSource color attribute” on page 168 The color of the solid.
SolidSource color attribute

s o l i d S our c e .c o l o r
Description
The color of the solid, expressed as red, green, and blue values.
Type
Array of three floating-point values, [R, G, B], in the range [0.0..1.0]; read/write.
168
JavaScript Reference System object
169
System object
s y st e m
Description
The System object provides access to attributes found on the user’s system, such as the user name and the
name and version of the operating system. It is available through the sy s te m global variable.
Example
a l e r t ( " Y ou r O S i s " + s y s t e m . o s n a m e + " r u n n i n g v er s i o n " + s y s t e m . os v e r s i o n ) ;
confirm("You are: " + system.userName + " running on " + system.machineName + ".");
Attributes
userName “System userName attribute” on page 170 The current user name.
machineName “System machineName attribute” on page 169 The name of the host computer.
osName “System osName attribute” on page 170 The name of the operating system.
osVe rsio n “System osVersion attribute” on page 170 The version of the operating system.
Methods
c a l l S y s t e m () “System callSystem() method” on page 169 Execute’s a command on the system’s command line.
System callSystem() method

s y st e m . c a l l S ys t e m ( c m d L in e T o E x e c u te ) ;
Description
Executes a system command, as if you had typed it on the operating system’s command line. Returns whatever
the system outputs in response to the command, if anything.
In Windows, you can invoke commands using the / c switch for the c m d . e x e command, passing the command
to run in escaped quotes (\ " . . . \ " ). For example, the following retrieves the current time and displays it to the
user:
v a r t im e S t r = s y s t e m . c a l lS y s t e m ( " c m d . e x e / c \ " t i m e / t \ " " ) ;
a l e r t ( " C u r r e n t t im e i s " + t i m e S t r ) ;
Parameters
c m d L i n e T o E xe c u t e A string containing the command and its parameters.
Returns
The output from the command.
System machineName attribute

s y st e m . m a c h i n e N a m e
169
JavaScript Reference System object
170
Description
The name of the computer on which After Effects is running.
Type
String; read-only.
System osName attribute

s y st e m . osN ame
Description
The name of the operating system on which After Effects is running.
Type
String; read-only.
System osVersion attribute

s y st e m . o s V er s i o n
Description
The version of the current local operating system.
Type
String; read-only.
System userName attribute

s y st e m . u s e r N a m e
Description
The name of the user currently logged on to the system.
Type
String; read-only.
170
JavaScript Reference TextDocument object
171
TextDocument object
ne w Te xt Do cument( do cT ex t )
a pp .p r o j e c t .i te m (i nd e x) .laye r( in de x) .pro pe rty ( " S o u r c e T e x t " ) . v a l u e
Description
The TextDocument object stores a value for a TextLayer's Source Text property. Create it with the
constructor, passing the string to be encapsulated.
Examples
This sets a value of some source text and displays an alert showing the new value:
v a r m y T e x t D o cu m e n t = n e w T e x tD o c u m e n t( " H a pp y C a ke ") ;
m y T e xt L a y e r . p r o p e r t y ( " So u r c e T e x t " ) . s e t V a l u e ( m y T e x t D oc u m e n t ) ;
a l e r t ( m y T e xt L a ye r . p r o p e r t y ( " S o u r c e T ex t " ) . v a l u e ) ;
This sets keyframe values for text that show different words over time:
var textProp = myTextLayer.property("Source Text");
t ex t P r o p . s e t V a l u e A t T i m e ( 0 , n e w T e x tD o c u m e n t( " H ap py " ) ) ;
t extProp.set Va lueA tTime(.3 3, ne w Te xtD ocumen t("cak e"));
t ex t P r o p . s e t V a l u e A t T i m e ( . 6 6 , n e w T e x t D o c u m e n t( " is " ) ) ;
t ex t P r o p . s e t V a l u e A t T i m e ( 1 , n e w T e x t D o c u m e n t( " y u m m y! " )) ;
Attributes
t ex t “TextDocument text attribute” on page 171 The text layer’s Source Text value.
TextDocument text attribute

t e x t D o c u m e n t .t ext
Description
The text value for the text layer’s Source Text property.
Type
String; read/write.
171
JavaScript Reference TextLayer object
172
TextLayer object
Description
The TextLayer object represents a text layer within a composition. Create it using the LayerCollection object’s
a dd T ex t method; see “LayerCollection addText() method” on page 95. It can be accessed in an item’s layer
collection either by index number or by a name string.
• TextLayer is a subclass of AVLayer, which is a subclass of Layer. All methods and attributes of AVLayer and
Layer are available when working with TextLayer. See “Layer object” on page 83 and “AVLayer object” on
page 39.
AE Properties
TextLayer defines no additional attributes, but has the following AE properties and property groups, in
addition to those inherited from AVLayer:
T e xt
Source Text
P at h O pt i o n s
P at h
Reverse Path
Perpendicular To Path
For c e Alignmen t
F i r s t M ar g i n
Last Margin
M ore O p ti on s
A n ch o r P o i n t G r o u p i n g
G r o up in g A l ig n m e n t
F i l l & St r o k e
Int er-C har acte r Ble n ding
An ima to rs
Unused Properties and Attributes
The T i m e R e m a p and M oti on T r ac k ers properties, inherited from AVLayer, are not applicable to text layers,
and their related AVLayer attributes are not used:
c a n Se tT i m e R em a p E n ab l e d
t im eRem ap E n ab l e d
t rac k M a tt eT y p e
i s T r a c k M a tt e
h as T rac k Ma tt e
172
Examples
This section describes sample scripts that are included on your DVD, giving an overview of what they do and
a description of how they work.
This set of examples is by no means exhaustive, but it does demonstrate some of scripting’s more complex
features in action. It also shows some typical programming constructions from JavaScript that apply to
scripting.
For more examples from Adobe and from other After Effects users, visit Adobe Studio Exchange at
http://share.studio.adobe.com, and choose Script in the Adobe After Effects section.
Save and increment

This script, s a v e_ a n d _ i n c r e m en t . js x , automatically saves a new copy of the open After Effects project and
increments a three-digit number in its name to distinguish it from previous versions of the project.
Note: Although much of the functionality of this script has been superseded by the incremental save feature that was
introduced in After Effects 6.5, it is still included here because it makes effective use of conditionals, functions, and
the ExtendScript File object.
This script does the following:
• Determines whether the currently open project has ever been saved. If the project has not been saved, pops
up an alert telling the user to save the project, and ends.
• If the project has been saved at least once before, defines variables for the name of the file and the numbering
and file extension that we plan to add to it.
• Checks to see if there is an underscore character four characters from the end of the current file name. If
there is, assume that the incrementer has run before and increment the current numerical string, then
extract the name without the numerical extension.
• An incrementer loop tests for whether the numbering has extended to two or three digits (for example, if
the numbering has reached “_010” or above, or “_100” or above), assigning a zero for each if not.
• Creates a new file using the updated name and extension, and displays an alert letting the user know the new
file name being saved.
• Saves the project with the new file name.
173
Examples Render named items
174
Render named items

This script, re n de rN am ed I tem s. jsx , finds compositions in the open project with a particular text string in
their names and sends all such compositions to the render queue.
• Checks to see if a default string for rendering has already been set in the user preferences. If so, set this as a
user prompt. This is handy if you’re always looking for the same string (for example, “FINAL” or
“CURRENT”). If not, we set a new se c ti onNa m e and ke y N ame in the preferences file, along with a place-
holder value for the string that will be entered by the user.
• Display a prompt to the user asking for a text string to use.
• Goes through the project looking for the text entered by the user, and checks if the item that contains that
text is a composition. Sends all matching compositions to the render queue.
• If the user cancels, the text is undefined. Otherwise, saves the new setting in preferences, converting it to all
lowercase letters for consistency (although the search is not case sensitive).
• Makes the Render Queue panel visible and bring it to the front, ready for the user to assign save locations
for the new render queue items.
New render locations

This script, n e w R e n d e r L o c at io n s. js x , allows the user to select queued items in the render queue and assign a
new render destination for them.
• Prompts the user for a new folder to use as a render destination.
• Checks that the user entered a new location (and didn’t cancel), then creates a loop for each selected render
queue item, and for each output module in it.
• If an item is queued, gives the current render location a new name and location, and displays an alert stating
the new file path.
Smart import
This script, s m art I m p o rt .j sx , allows the user to import the full, nested contents of a folder just by selecting it.
It attempts to detect whether each item is a still, moving footage, or an image sequence. The user still has to
make other choices in dialog boxes, such as which layer of a multi-layer image (such as a PSD file) to import.
• Prompts the user for a folder whose contents are to be imported, and checks that the user chooses a folder
rather than cancelling.
• Defines a function, pr oc es sF ol d er () , to import each of the files in the chosen folder, which uses several
helper functions.
• Defines a helper function, tes t ForS eq uence () , to test whether a given file is part of a sequence. This uses
regular expressions, which are a special type of JavaScript designed to reduce the number of steps required
to evaluate a string.
The first one tests for the presence of sequential numbers anywhere in the file name, followed by another
making certain that the sequential files aren’t of a type that can’t be imported as a sequence (moving image
files). The function then checks adjacent files to see if a sequence exists, stopping after we’ve evaluated ten
174
Examples Render and e-mail
175
files to save processing time.
If no match is found for a number string, assumes there is no image sequence and checks for an array
consisting of the matched string and its location within the file name.
If all files are part of a numbered sequence, assumes a sequence and returns the first file of that sequence.
• Defines a helper function to pop up error dialog boxes if there is a problem with any file we are attempting
to import.
• Defines a helper function to actually import any image sequence discovered using t es t F o r S e q u en c e ( ) .
There is an option for forcing alphabetical order in sequences, which is commented out in the script as
written. If you want to force alphabetical order, uncomment the line i m p ort Op ti on s.f or ce Alp ha be ti cal =
t ru e .
• Calls the main function, p r o c e s s F o l d e r ( ) .
Render and e-mail

This script, r e n de r _ a n d_ e m ai l . j s x , renders all queued items in an open project and sends an e-mail report to
indicate when the render has completed. It makes use of two other scripts that follow, e m ai l _ m e t h o d s .js x (to
send the e-mail properly) and ema i l_set up.j sx (which establishes the sender, recipient, and e-mail server).
• Establishes conditions under which the script will run. An open project with at least one item queued is
required.
• Checks whether e-mail settings are already saved in the preferences. If not, run the e m ai l _ s e t u p .js x script,
which prompts the user for the mail gateway and sender and recipient addresses. (If there are saved settings
that you need to change, you can always run the script to make new settings that overwrite the existing
ones.)
• Render the items in the render queue.
• When rendering is complete, creates a text string for the e-mail message that contains the start time of the
render, the render time of each item in the queue, and the total render time.
• E-mails the message, using the settings (such as the server) from the ema il_me th ods.j sx script
• Displays an error if for any reason it is unable to send the mail.
A helper script, ema i l_meth ods. jsx , creates an e-mail object, using the ExtendScript Socket object. For details
of that utility, see the Creative Suite 3 JavaScript Tools Guide.
Another helper script, e m ai l _ s etu p. js x , prompts the user for the server name, e-mail sender, and e-mail
recipient that are saved as Settings. You can run this script as standalone any time you want to change the
settings. This script is a good example of how to create settings that are saved in preferences for the sole use of
scripting (as opposed to altering existing After Effects preferences settings).
Convert selected properties to markers

This script, C on v ert Se l ec te d P ro pe rti es t o Ma rke rs .js x , goes through the properties in each layer that are
currently selected in the Timeline panel, and converts the value of each property at each frame time to a Flash
Video event cue point in a marker.
175
Examples Convert selected properties to markers
176
This script adds a layer-time marker on the layer at the same time as each keyframe for each selected property.
Each marker is associated with an event-type Flash Video cue point, and the cue point is given a parameter
whose name is the name of the property and whose value is the property’s value at that time. If the selected
property has an expression, a marker is created for each frame, with the values sampled at each frame.
Note: This script does not convert properties that have complex value types, such as the Path property for a paint
stroke, the Curves property of a Curve effect, or a gradient property.
When you render the composition as Flash video, all markers that contain cue-point data are converted to
Flash Video cue points.
176
After Effects Object Summary
This code dump summarizes all public JavaScript objects (instantiable classes) and enumerated types defined
for After Effects CS3.
= == == === == == === == === == == === == === == == === == === == == === == == === == === == == === ==
A l ph aM ode en um
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
A l ph aM ode .I G N O RE
A l ph aM ode .PREMU L TIPLIED
A l ph aM ode .S T RAI GH T
= == == === == == === == === == == === == === == == === == === == == === == == === == === == == === ==
A pp l i c at io n ob je c t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
a c ti va te () no re tu rn
b e g i n Su pp r e ss Di a l o g s () n o r e tu r n
be ginUndoGro up(str ing undoNam e) n o ret urn
b u i ld N a m e : s t r i n g : r e ad On l y
b u i ld N u m b e r : i n t eg e r : r e a d O n l y
c a n c e l T a s k ( i n t e g e r ta skID ) no ret urn
e n d Su pp r e ss Di a lo g s( b o o le an s how Ale rt) no r etu rn
e n d U n d o G r o u p( ) n o r e t u r n
e n d W a t c h F o l d e r ( ) n o r e t ur n
e x it A f t e r L a u n c h A n d E v a l : b o o l e a n : r e a d / w r i t e
e x it Code : int ege r : re ad/write
findMenuCommandId() returns integer
i s P r o f e s s i o n a l V e r si o n : b o o l e a n : r e a d O n ly
i s R e n de rE n g i n e : b o o l e a n : r e a d O n l y
i s UI S u pp r e s s e d : b o o l e an : r e ad O n l y
i s W a t c h F o l d e r : b o o l e an : r ea d O n l y
l a n g u a g e : L an g u a g e : r e a d O n l y
m em o r yI n U s e : n u m b e r : r e a d O n l y
n ewPro ject () no r etu rn
o pe n ([ F i l e f il e ]) r e t u r n s P r o j e c t
o pe n T e m p l a t e ( F i l e f i l e T oO p e n W it h T e m p l a t e Se m a n t i c s ) n o r e t u r n
pa rse S wa tchFile(File swa tch File ) re tu rns Swat chO b ject
p a u s e W a t c h F o l d e r ( b o o l e a n d o P a u se ) n o r e t ur n
p ro ject : P roje c t : r ead O n ly
pur g e(Pu rgeTa rge t t arge t) no re tur n
q uit () no re tu rn
sa veProj ectO nCra sh : boo le an : rea d/write
s c he du leTas k (s tr i n gToEx ecu te, floa t d ela y, boole an re pe at ) re tu rns tas k ID
s et Me m oryU sa geLi mi ts ( floa t i m a g eCa c heP er ce n t, floa t m ax i m umM emoryP er ce n t) no r etu rn
s et S ave Pr ef eren c e sO n Q ui t( b ool e an d oS ave ) n o ret urn
s et ti n g s : S et ti n g s : r ead O n l y
177
178
ve rsio n : string : rea dO n ly

w a t c h F o l d e r ( F i l e f i l e ) n o r e t ur n
o n E r r o r (s t r in g e r r o r S t r i n g , s t r i n g s e v e r it y ) n o r e t ur n
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == ==
AV Laye r obje ct
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
( i n t e g e r p r o p e r t y I n d e x ) r e t ur n s P r o p e r t y B a s e
( st r i n g p r o p e r ty N am e) r e t ur n s P r o p e r t y B a s e
a ct i v e : b o o l e a n : r e a d O n l y
a ct i v e A tT i m e ( f l o a t a t T i m e ) r e t u r n s b o o l e an
a dd P r o p e r t y ( s t r i n g p r o p e r t y N a m e ) r e t u r n s P r o pe rt y B as e
a dj us t m e n tL a y e r : b o o l e a n : r e a d/ w r i t e
a pp l y Pr e s e t( s tr in g p re se tN a m e) n o re tur n
a ud io Ac ti ve : b ool e an : r ead O n l y
a ud io Acti ve AtTi m e (f l oa t a tTi me) re tur n s boo l ean
a u d io E n a b l e d : b o o l e a n : r e a d / wr i t e
auto Orie nt : A utoOr ie ntType : read/write
b l end i ngMo de : Bl e n di ngM od e : re ad /w ri te
c a l c u l a t e T r a n s f o r m Fr o m P o i n t s ( A r r a y [ t o p , l e f t ] , A r r a y [t o p ,ri g ht ] , A r r ay [ b o tt o m , r i g ht ])
r e t u r n s Ob j e c t w i th tra n s fo r m p r o p e r t i e s set
c an A d dP r o p e r ty ( st r i n g p r o p ert y N am e) r et urn s b o o l ea n
c a n Se tC o ll a p s e T ra n s f o r m a t i o n : b o o l e a n : r e a d O n l y
c an Se tE n a b l ed : b ool e an : r ead O n l y
c a n Se tT i m e R em a p E n ab l e d : b o o le an : r e a d O n l y
c o l l a p s e T r an s f o r m a t i o n : b o o l e a n : r e a d/ w r i t e
c o m m e n t : s t r i n g : r ea d / w r i t e
containingComp : CompItem : readOnly
copyToComp(CompItem intoComp) no return
d u p l i ca te () r e t u r n s A V L ay e r
effectsActive : boolean : read/write
e l i d e d : b o o le an : r e a dO n l y
e n a b l e d : b o o le an : r e a d/ w r i t e
fram eBle nding : boolea n : re adOnly
f r a m e B l e n d i n g T y p e : F r a m e Bl e n d i n g T y p e : r ea d / w r i t e
gu ideLa y er : boolea n : re ad/wr it e
h as Aud i o : b oo le an : rea dO n l y
h asTrack Ma tt e : boo l ean : rea dO n ly
h as Vi de o : b oo l ean : rea dO n l y
h eight : flo at : rea d Only
i n P o i n t : fl o a t : r e a d/ w r i t e
i n d e x : i n t e g e r : r e a dO n l y
i s E f f ec t : b o o l e an : r ea d O n l y
i s M a s k : b o o l e an : r ea d O n l y
i s M o d i fi e d : b o o l e a n : r e a dO n l y
i s N a m e Fr o m S o u r c e : b o o le an : r e a d O n l y
is Name Se t : bo olean : rea d Only
isTrackMatte : boolean : readOnly
l o c k e d : b o o le an : r e a d/ w r i t e
m a t c h N a m e : s t r i n g : r ea d O n l y
m o t i o n B lu r : b o o l e a n : r e a d / w r i t e
mo veAfte r(Layer oth erLa y er) no re tu rn
178
179
mo veBe fo re(Laye r ot herL ayer) no r etu rn

moveTo(integer index) no return
moveToBeginning() no return
moveToEnd() no return
n a m e : s t r i n g : r e a d / w r it e
n u ll L a y e r : b o o l e a n : r e a d O n l y
nu mPr opert ie s : int ege r : re adO n ly
o u t P o i n t : f l o at : r e a d/ w r i t e
p ar en t : L ay er : re ad / wr it e
p ar en tP ro pe rty : Pro pe rty G ro up : re ad On l y
preser veTra n spa rency : bo olea n : rea d /wr it e
p r o p e r t y ( i n t e g e r p r o p e r t y I n d e x ) r e tu r n s Pr o p e r t y Bas e
p r o p e r ty ( st r i n g p r o p e r t y N am e ) r e tu r n s Pr o p e r t y Bas e
proper tyDe pt h : int ege r : re adO n ly
p r o p e r t y G r o u p ( [ i n t e g e r c o u n t Up ] ) r e tu r n s Pr o p e r t y Gr o u p
p r o p e r t y T y p e : P r o p e r t y T y p e : r ea d O n l y
q ua l i t y : L a y e r Q u al i t y : r e a d/ w r i t e
re move () no re tu rn
r e p l a c e S o u r c e (I t e m n e w S o u r c e , bo o l e a n f i x E x p r e s s i o n s) n o r e t u r n
s elect ed : boole an : r ead /w rite
s e l e c t e d P r o p e r t i e s : A r r a y o f P r o p e rt yB as e : r e a dO n l y
s et Pa ren t W i th Jum p ( L ay e r newParen t) no re tur n
s h y : b o o l e a n : r e a d/ w r i t e
s olo : bo olea n : rea d /writ e
s our ce : AV Ite m : re ad Only
s o u r ce R e c t A t T im e( f l o a t a t T i m e , b o o l e a n i n c l u d e E x t e n t s )
ret urns Obj ect with flo at pro pe r ties : t op ; lef t ; w id t h; h eight
s ta rtT ime : f l oat : re ad /wr it e
s tr etch : f lo at : rea d /wr it e
t hre eDLa yer : boolea n : re ad/wr it e
t hre eDPer C ha r : boole an : rea d/write
t im e : f l o at : re ad On ly
t im eRem ap E n ab l e d : b ool ea n : re ad / wr it e
t r a c k M a t t e T y p e : T r a c k M a t t e T y p e : r e a d / w r it e
w i dt h : f l o a t : r ead O n l y
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == ==
B le n ding Mode en um
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
B le n d i n g M o d e . A DD
B le n d in g Mod e.A L P HA_ A DD
B le n d in g M o d e . C L A S S I C _ C O L O R _ B UR N
B le n d in g M o d e . C L A S S I C _ C O L O R _ D O D G E
B le n d i n g M o d e . C L A S S I C _ D I F F E R E N C E
B le n d in g M o d e . C OL O R
B le n d in g M o d e . C OL O R _ B UR N
B le n d in g M o d e . C OL O R _ D O D G E
B le n d in g Mod e.D AN C I N G _D I S S OL V E
B le n d i n g M o d e . D AR K E N
B le n d ing Mod e.D ARK ER _COL OR
B le n d i n g M o d e . D I F F E R E N C E
B le n d in g M o d e . D I S S O L V E
179
180
B le n ding Mode.E XCLU S ION

B le n d in g Mod e.H AR D_ L I G H T
B le n d i n g M o d e . H AR D_ M I X
B le n d i n g M o d e . H UE
B le n d i n g M o d e . L I G H T E N
B le n d in g M o d e . L I G H T E R _ C O L O R
B le n d i n g M o d e . L I N E A R _ B U R N
B le n d i n g M o d e . L I N E A R _ D O D G E
B le n d i n g M o d e . L I N E A R _ L I GH T
B le n ding Mode.L UMIN E SC ENT_PREMU L
B le n d i n g M o d e . L UM I N OS I T Y
B le n d in g M o d e . M UL T I PL Y
B le n ding Mode.N ORM AL
B le n d in g M o d e . O V E RL A Y
B le n d in g M o d e . P I N _ L I GH T
B le n ding Mode.SAT URA TION
B le n d i n g M o d e . S C R E E N
B le n d in g M o d e . S I L H O U E T E _ A L P H A
B le n d in g M o d e . S I L H O U E T T E _ L U M A
B le n d in g M o d e . S O F T _ L I G H T
B le n d in g M o d e . S T E N C I L _ A L P H A
B le n d in g M o d e . S T E N C I L _ L U M A
B le n d in g M o d e . V I V I D _ L I G H T
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == ==
CloseOptions enum
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
CloseOptions.DO_NOT_SAVE_CHANGES
C l o s e O p t i o n s . P R O M P T _ T O _ SA VE _ C H A N G E S
CloseOptions.SAVE_CHANGES
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == ==
CompItem object
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
a ct i v e C a m e r a : L a y e r : r e a d O n l y
bgColor : Array of float : read/write
d i s p l a y S t a r t T i m e : f l oa t : r ead /w rite
d r a ft 3 d : b o o l e an : r e ad / w r i te
d u p l i ca te () r e t u r n s C o m pI te m
dura tion : flo at : rea d/writ e
f o o t a g e Mi s s i n g : b o o l e a n : r e a d O n l y
fram eBle nding : boolea n : re ad/wr it e
f ram eDu rat ion : f l oat : r ead /w rite
fram eRa te : floa t : rea d/w rit e
h e i g h t : i n te g e r : r e a d / w r i te
h id e S h y L a y e r s : b o o l e an : r e a d/ w r i t e
i d : i n te g e r : r e a dO n l y
l a y e r ( i n t eg e r l a y e r I n d e x ) r et u r n s L a y e r
l a y e r ( s t r i n g l a y e r N a m e ) r et u r n s L a y e r
180
181
laye r(Layer oth erLa y er, int ege r rela tive Inde x) re tu rns Layer
l a y e r s : L a y e r C o l l e c t i o n : r e a d O n ly
m o t i o n B lu r : b o o l e a n : r e a d / w r i t e
nu mLayer s : int ege r : re adOn ly
p a r en t F o l de r : F o l d e r I te m : r e a d/ w r i t e
p i xe lAs pe c t : f l oa t : r ead /w ri te
pr e s e r v e N e s t e d F r a m e Ra t e : b o o l e a n : r e a d / w r it e
p r e s e r v e N e s t e d R e s o l u t i o n : b o o l e a n : r e a d/ w r i t e
p r o x y S o u r ce : F o o t a g e S o u r c e : r e a d O n l y
re nde rer : st ring : read/write
re nde rer s : A rra y of st ring: re adOn ly
re so lu tionFa ctor : Arr ay of inte ger : rea d/write
selectedLayers : Array of Layer : readOnly
s e t Pr o x y( F i l e p r o x y F i l e ) n o r e t u r n
s e t P r ox yT oN o n e ( ) n o r e t u r n
s et Pr o x yW it hP l ac e ho l d e r ( s t r i n g n a m e , i n t eg e r w i d t h , i n t eg e r hei g ht , f l oa t f rame Rat e, floa t d ur ati on )
no ret urn
s et Pr o x yW it hS eq ue n c e(F i l e p ro xy F i l e, b o o l ea n fo rc eAl p ha b et ic a l ) n o ret urn
set Pr oxyW it hSolid(A rra yO fFloat color, st ring nam e, int eger width , inte ger h eight ,
float pixelAspecRatio) no return
shut te rAngle : inte ger : rea d/write
shut te rPha se : integ er : r ead/write
t im e : f l o at : re ad / w ri te
t y p e N a m e : s t r i n g : r ea d O n l y
usePro xy : boolea n : re ad/wr it e
u s e d I n : A r r a y o f CompIte m : re adOnly
w i dt h : int ege r : re ad /wr it e
workAre aD ura tion : floa t : rea d/write
w o rk Are aS ta rt : f l o at : re ad / wr it e
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == ==
F i e l d S e p a r a ti o n T y p e e n u m
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
FieldSeparationType.LOWER_FIELD_FIRST
F i e l d S e p a r a ti o n T y p e . O F F
F i e l d S e p a r a ti o n T y p e . U P PE R _ F I E L D _ F I R S T
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == ==
FileSource object
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
a lp h aMo de : A l p h a M o d e : r e ad / w r i te
conform F rame Rat e : floa t : read/write
d i s p l a y F r a m e R at e : f l o a t : r e a d O n l y
f i e l d S e pa ra t i o n T y p e : F i e l d S e p a r a ti o n T y p e : r e a dO n l y
f i le : File : r ead O n ly
guessAlphaMode() no return
g u e ss P u l l d o w n (P u l l d o w n M e t h o d p ul l d ow nMet ho d) no re tu rn
h as Al ph a : b ool ea n : re ad On l y
h ig h Q u a l i t y F i e l d S e p a r a t i o n : b o o l e a n : r e a d / w r it e
181
182
inve rtA l ph a : boo l ean : rea d/writ e

i s St i l l : b o o l e a n : r e a d On l y
loo p : int ege r : re ad/wr it e
m i s s i n g F o ot a g e P a t h : s t r i n g : r e a d O n l y
na tive Fr ame Rat e : f l oa t : r ead O n ly
p rem ul C ol or : Arr ay of fl o at : rea d/ w ri t e
r e l o a d ( ) n o r e t ur n
r e m o v e Pu l ld o w n : P u l l d o w n P h a s e : r e a dO n l y
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == =
FolderItem object
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
i te m ( in t e g e r i te m I n de x ) r e tu r n s I te m
items : ItemCollection : readOnly
nu mIte ms : in tege r : r eadOnly
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == ==
F o o ta g e I t e m o b j e c t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
d ura ti on : flo at : rea dO n ly
f o o t a g e Mi s s i n g : b o o l e a n : r e a d O n l y
f ram eDu rat ion : f l oat : r ead O n ly
fram eRa te : floa t : rea dO n ly
h e i g h t : i n te g e r : r e a d / w r i te
ma in So urce : FootageSou rce : r eadO n ly
p i xe lAs pe c t : f l oa t : r ead /w ri te
p r o x y S o u r ce : F o o t a g e S o u r c e : r e a d O n l y
re pl a c e( F il e pro x yF i l e) no r etu rn
re pla c eWith Pla ceho lder (st ring name , inte ger w i dth, in tege r he ig ht, flo at fra m eRa te , float du rat i on)
no ret urn
re pl a c eW i th Se qu en c e( F i l e p rox y F i le , b ool e an f orc e Al ph ab et i c al ) n o re tur n
re pla c eWith S olid(Arr ayO fFloa t color , string n ame, in teg er w i dt h , i n t e g e r h e i g h t, f l o a t p i x e l A s pe c R a t i o )
no ret urn
s e t Pr o x y( F i l e p r o x y F i l e ) n o r e t u r n
s e t P r ox yT oN o n e ( ) n o r e t u r n
s et Pr o x yW it hP l ac e ho l d e r ( s t r i n g n a m e , i n t eg e r w i d t h , i n t eg e r hei g ht , f l oa t f rame Rat e, floa t d ur ati on )
no ret urn
182
183
s et Pr o x yW it hS eq ue n c e(F i l e p ro xy F i l e, b o o l ea n fo rc eAl p ha b et ic a l ) n o ret urn

set Pr oxyW it hSolid(A rra yO fFloat color, st ring nam e, int eger width , inte ger h eight ,
float pixelAspecRatio) no return
usePro xy : boolea n : re ad/wr it e
u s e d I n : A r r a y o f CompIte m : re adOnly
w i dt h : int ege r : re ad /wr it e
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == ==
I m p o r tA s T y p e e n u m
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
I m p o r tA s T y p e .C O M P
I m p o r tA s T y p e .C O M P _ C R O P PE D_ L A Y E R S
I m p o r tA s T y p e .F O O T A G E
I m p o r tA s T y p e .P R O J E C T
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == ==
I m p o r tO pt i o n s o b jec t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
n e w I m p o r tO pt i o n s (F i l e f i l e T oIm por t) ret urn s Impor tO pt i ons
c a n I m p o r t A s ( I m p o r tA s T y p e a s T y p e ) r e t u r n s b o o l e an
f i le : File : r ead /w rite
f o r c e A l p h ab e t i c a l : b o o l e a n : r e a d/ w r i t e
i m p o r t A s : I m p o r t A s T y p e : r e ad / wr it e
s e q ue n c e : b o o l e a n : r ea d / w r i t e
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == ==
I t e m C o l le c t i o n o b j ec t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
a dd C o m p ( st r i n g n a m e , i n t e g e r wi d th , i n t e g e r h e i g h t , f l o a t p ix e lA sp e c t R a t i o , f l o a t d u r a ti o n ,
f l o a t f r a m e R a te ) r e tur n s C o m p I te m
a dd F o l d e r ( s t r i n g n a m e ) r e t u r n s F o l d e rI t e m
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == ==
KeyframeEase object
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
n e w K e y f r a m e E a s e ( f l o a t s p e ed , f lo at i n f l u e n c e ) r e t ur n s K e y f r a m e E a s e
i n f l uen c e : fl o at : rea d/ w ri t e
s pe e d : f l o at : r e ad / wr it e
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == ==
K e y f r a m e I n t er p o l a ti o n T y p e e n u m
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
K e y f r a m e I n t e r p o l a ti o n T y p e . B E Z I E R
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == =
Language enum
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
L a n g u a g e . E N GL I SH
Language.FRENCH
Language.GERMAN
L a n g u a g e . I T AL I A N
Language.JAPANESE
Language.SPANISH
183
184
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == =
CameraLayer object
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
a ct i v e A tT i m e ( f l o a t a t T i m e ) r e t u r n s b o o l e an
a dj us tm en tL a y er : b o ol ean : rea dO n l y
auto Orie nt : A utoOr ie ntType : read/write
containingComp : CompItem : readOnly
copyToComp(CompItem intoComp) no return
d u p l i ca te () r e t u r n s C a m e r aL a ye r
e n a b l e d : b o o le an : r e a d/ w r i t e
i n P o i n t : fl o a t : r e a d/ w r i t e
i n d e x : i n t e g e r : r e a dO n l y
is Name Se t : bo olean : rea d Only
mo veAfte r(Layer oth erLa y er) no re tu rn
mo veBe fo re(Laye r ot herL ayer) no r etu rn
moveToBeginning() no return
moveToEnd() no return
n u ll L a y e r : b o o l e a n : r e a d O n l y
o u t P o i n t : f l o at : r e a d/ w r i t e
p ar en t : L ay er : re ad / wr it e
s et Pa ren t W i th Jum p ( L ay e r newParen t) no re tur n
s h y : b o o l e a n : r e a d/ w r i t e
s olo : bo olea n : rea d /writ e
s ta rtT ime : f l oat : re ad /wr it e
184
185
s tr etch : f lo at : rea d /wr it e

= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == =
L a y e r C o ll e c t i o n o b j ec t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
a dd ( A V I t e m t he I t e m ,
[ fl o at dur at io n ]) re tur n s A VL a ye r
a dd C a m era (s tr i n g n am e ,
Ar rayO fFlo at ce nte rPoint) ret urn s La yer
a dd L i g h t (s t r i n g n a m e ,
Ar rayO fFlo at ce nte rPoint) ret urn s La yer
a dd N u l l ( [ f l o a t d u r a t i o n ] ) r e t ur n s A V L a y e r
a dd S h a p e ( ) r e t ur n s L a y e r
a dd S o l i d ( A r ra y O fF l o a t c o lo r , s tr in g n a m e , i n t e ge r w i d t h , in t e ge r h e ig h t, fl o a t p i x e l A s pe c tRa ti o ,
[ f l o at d u r a ti o n ] ) r e tu r n s A V L a y e r
a dd T ex t ([ T ex t Do c u m en t te xt Do c] ) ret urn s AV L ay er
a dd T e x t (s t r i n g te xt ) r e t u r n s A V L ay e r
b y N a m e ( s t r i n g n a m e ) r e t ur n s L a y e r
p rec o m po se (Ar ray O f Inte ger l a ye rInd i c es , st r i n g n a m e , [ b o o le a n m o v e A l l A t t r i b u t e s ] )
r e t ur n s C o m p I t e m
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == =
LayerQuality enum
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
LayerQuality.BEST
L a y e r Q u a l i t y . D R AF T
L a y e r Q u a l i t y . W I R E FR AM E
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = =
Log T ype enum
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
L o g T y pe . E R R O R S _ A N D _ P E R _ F R A M E _ I N F O
L o g T y p e .E R R O R S _ A N D _ S E T T I N G S
L o g T y p e .E R R O R S _ O N L Y
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == =
M a r k e r V al u e o b j e c t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
n e w M ar k e r V al u e (s t r i n g c o m m e n t, [ s t r i n g c h ap te r], [s t ring url] , [ st ring f ram eTar get ])
ret urns Ma rke rVa lue
cha p ter : string : rea d/write
c u e Po in t N a m e : s t r in g : r e a d / w r i t e
ev ent C uePoint : boole an : r ead/w rite
fram eTar get : string : rea d/write
ge tPara m et ers() r etu rns ob j e c t w i t h p r o p e r t i e s s e t
s e t Pa r am e te r s (O b jec t ke y V a l u eP a i r s ) n o r e t ur n
u r l : s t r i n g : r e a d/ w r i t e
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = ==
Ma skM ode enum
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
Ma skM ode .AD D
Ma skM ode .D ARKEN
M a s k M ode . D I F F E R E N C E
185
186
Ma skM ode .INTE RSECT

Ma skM ode .LIGH T EN
Ma skM ode .NO N E
M a s k M od e . S U B T R A C T
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = ==
Ma skM otionB l ur e n um
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
M a s k M ot i o n B l u r . OF F
Ma skM otionB l ur. ON
M a s k M ot i o n B l u r . SA ME _ A S _ L A YE R
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = ==
Ma skProper tyGrou p o b ject
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
c ol or : Arr ay of f lo at : rea d / wr it e
d u p l i ca te () r e t u r ns M askProper tyGrou p
e n a b l e d : b o o le a n : r e a dO n l y
inve rte d : boolea n : re ad/wr it e
m a s k M o d e : M a s k M o d e : r e a d/ w r i t e
m a s k M o t i o n B l u r : M as k M ot i o n B l u r : r e a d/ w r i t e
p r o p e r ty I n d e x : i n t e g e r : r e a d On l y
ro toB ezier : boolea n : r ead/w rite
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == =
OMCollection object
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
a dd ( ) r e tu r n s Out p u tM o d u l e
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = ==
O utpu tMo du le obje ct
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
186
187
a pp l y T e m p l at e ( st r i n g t em p l at eN a m e) n o ret ur n
f i le : File : r ead /w rite
name : string : readOnly
p o s tR e n d e r A c t i o n : P o s tR e n d e r A c t i o n : r e a d / w r i t e
s ave As T em p l at e( st ri n g t em p l at eN am e) n o ret urn
t em p l at es : Arr ay o f st ri n g : read O n l y
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = ==
PlaceholderSource object
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
conform F rame Rat e : floa t : read/write
f i e l d S e pa ra t i o n T y p e : F i e l d S e p a r a ti o n T y p e : r e a d/ w r i t e
h ig h Q u a l i t y F i e l d S e p a r a t i o n : b o o l e a n : r e a d / w r it e
loo p : int ege r : re ad/wr it e
r e m o v e P u l ld o w n : P u l l d o w n P h a s e : r e a d/ w r i t e
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = =
PostRenderAction enum
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
P o s tR e n d e r A c t i o n .I M PO R T
P o s t R e n d e r A c t i o n . I M PO R T _ A N D _ R E P L A C E _ U S A G E
P o s tR e n d e r A c t i o n .N O N E
PostRenderAction.SET_PROXY
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = ==
P r o j e c t o b jec t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
a ct i v e I t e m : I t e m : r e a d O n l y
a u to F ix E x p r e s s io n s( o l d T e x t ,
n e w T e xt ) n o r e t u r n
b i t s P e r C h an n e l : i n t e g e r : r e a d/ w r i t e
c l o s e ( C l o s e O p t i o n s cl o se Op t i o n s) r e t u r n s b o o le an
c o n s o l i d a t e F o o t a g e () r e t u r n s i n t e g e r
displaySta rt Frame : inte ger : rea d/writ e
i m p o r t F i l e ( I m po rt O p t i o n s i m p o r t O p t i o n s ) r e t ur n s I t e m
i m p o r t F i l e W i t h D i a l o g ( ) r e t ur n s A r r a y O f I t e m
import Pla c eho l de r(st ring itemN ame, integ er ite m Widt h, int ege r ite m He igh t, floa t fra m eRa te ,
f l o a t d u r a t i o n ) r et u r n s F o o t a g e I t e m
i te m ( in t e g e r i te m I n de x ) r e tu r n s I te m
items : ItemCollection : readOnly
l i n e a r B l e n d i n g : b o o l e a n : r e a d / w r it e
r e du c e P r o j e c t ( A r r a y O f I t em i t e m s T o P r e s e r v e ) r et ur n s i n t e g er
187
188
re move UnusedFoo tag e() re tu rns int ege r

re nde rQ ueu e : Re nde rQ ueue : re adOnly
ro otFo lder : FolderIt em : rea dO n ly
s ave (F i l e t o F i l e) ret urn s b o o l e an
s a v e W i t h D i a l o g ( ) r e t ur n s b o o le an
s el e c t i o n : A r r a y o f I t e m : r ea d O n l y
s h o w W i n d o w ( b o ol e a n d o S h o w ) n o r et u r n
t im ec o d e B a s e T y p e : T i m e c o de Bas e T y p e : r e a d/ w r i t e
t im ec o d e D i s p l a y T y p e : T i m ec o de Di s pl a yT yp e : rea d/ w ri t e
t im ec o d e F i l m T y p e : T i m e c o d e F il m T y p e : r e a d / w r i t e
t im ec o d e N T S C D r o p F r a m e : b o o le a n : r e a d/ w r i t e
t ra n s p a r e n c y G r i d T h um b n a i l s : b o o l e a n : r e a d/ w r i t e
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = ==
Property object
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
a dd K ey ( fl oa t a tT i m e ) r etu rn s in teg e r
c an Se tE x p r e s s io n : b o o l e an : r e a dO n l y
can Var yOve rTime : bo olea n : re adOnly
d u p l i ca te () r e t u r n s P r o p e r ty
e x p r e ss i o n : s tr in g : r e a d / wr i t e
e x pr e ss i o n E n a b le d : b o o l e a n : r e a d / w r i t e
e x p r e ss i o n E r r o r : s tr in g : r e ad On l y
h as Max : bo olea n : rea d Only
h as Mi n : b oo le an : rea dO n l y
i s I n te r p o l a t io n T y pe V a li d ( Ke y fr a m e I n te r p o l a t i o n T y p e t y p e ) r e t u r n s b o o l e an
i s Sp a t i a l : b o o l e a n : r e a d On l y
i s T im eV a r y i n g : b o o le a n : r e a dO n l y
k e y I n I n t e r p o l a t i o n T y p e ( i n t e g e r k e y I n d e x ) r e t ur n s K e y f r a m e I n t er p o l a ti o n T y p e
k e y I n S p a t ia l T a n g e n t ( i n t e g e r k e y I n d e x ) r e t ur n s A r r a y O f Fl o a t
keyInTe m po ralEa se (int ege r ke yInde x ) re tu rns Arra yOfKeyfram eEase
k e y O u t I n t e r po l a t i o n T y pe (i n t eg e r k e y I n de x) r e t u r n s K e y f r a m e I n t er p o l a ti o n T y p e
k eyO utS p at ialTan gent (int eger keyIn de x) re tur n s A rra yO f F loat
k ey O u t T e m p o r a lE as e ( i n te g e r k ey I n d e x ) r et ur n s A r r ay O f K e y f r a m e E a se
keyRov in g(integer ke yI nde x) re tur n s bo olean
k eySelect ed(int eger ke yI nde x ) re tu rns bo olea n
k eySpa tia l Aut oBe zie r(in tege r k eyIndex) r et urns boolea n
k e y S p a t i a l C o n t in u ou s ( i n t e g e r ke yIndex) r etu rns boolea n
k ey T em por al Au toB ez i er (i n t eg er k ey I n de x) re tur n s b o ol ean
k e y T e m p o r al Co n t i n u o u s ( i n t e g e r k e y I n d e x ) r e t ur n s b o o le an
k e y T i m e ( i n t e g e r k e y I n d e x ) r e t ur n s f l o a t
k e y T i m e ( s t r i n g m a r k e r N a m e ) r e t ur n s f l o a t
k ey Va l u e( i n te g er k ey I n d ex ) r e t u r n s t yp e - s t o r e d - i n - p r o p e r t y
k e y V a l u e ( s t r i n g m a r k e r N a m e ) r e t ur n s t y p e - s t or e d - i n - p r o p e r t y
188
189

n e a r e st K e y I n d e x ( f l o a t a t T i m e ) r e t u r n s i n t e g e r
n u m K e y s : in t e g e r : r ea d O n l y
proper tyVa lueType : Pro pe rtyV alue T ype : re adOnly
re move Ke y(integer ke yI nde x ) no r eturn
s e l e c t e d K e y s : A r r a y o f in t e g e r : r e a d O n l y
s et I n te rp o l at io n T y pe At Ke y (i n t eg er ke yI nde x, Keyframe Inte rpolat io nType inType ,
[ K e y f r a m e I n t e r p o l a t i o n T y p e o u t T y p e ] ) n o r e t ur n
s e t Ro v i n g A t K e y ( i n t e g e r k ey I n d e x , b o o l e a n i s R o v in g ) n o r et ur n
set Se l ecte dA tKey(inte g er k eyInd ex, bo olean isSelect ed) no ret urn
s et Sp at i al Au toB ez i er AtK e y (i n t eg er k ey I n de x, b o o l ea n i sA uto Bez i e r) n o ret urn
s e t Sp a t i a l C o n ti n u o u sA tK e y ( i n te g e r k e y In d e x , bo o l e a n is C o n ti n u o u s) n o r et u r n
s e t Sp a t i a l T a n g e n t sA tK e y ( i n t e g e r k e y I n d e x , A r r a y O f F l o a t i n T a n g e n t , [ A r r a y O f F l o a t o u t T a n g en t ] )
no ret urn
s e t T e m p o r a l A u t o B e z i e r A t K e y ( i n te g e r k ey I n d e x , b o o l e a n i s A u t oB ez i e r ) n o r e t u r n
s e t T e m p o r a l C o n t in u o u s A t K e y ( in t e g e r k e y I n d e x , b o o l e an i s C o n t in u ou s ) n o r e t u r n
s e t T e m p o r a l E a s e A t K e y ( i n t e g e r k ey I n d e x , A r r a y O f K e y f r a m e E a s e i n E a s e ,
[ A r ra y O f Ke y f r a m e E as e o u t E a se ] ) n o r e tur n
s e t V al u e ( ty p e - s to r e d - in - p ro pe rty ne wV alue ) no return
s e t V a l u e A t K e y (i n t e g e r ke y I n d e x , ty p e - s t o r e d - i n - p r op e r t y n e w V a l u e) n o r e t ur n
s e t V a l u eA t T i m e ( f l o a t a tT i m e , ty p e - s to r e d - i n - pr o p er t y n e w V a l u e) n o r e t u r n
s e t V a l u es A t T i m e s( A r r a y O f F l o a t a t T i m e s , A r r a y O f - ty p e - s to r e d - i n - pr o p e r t y n e w V a l u es ) n o r e t u r n
un it sT ext : st ring : re adOn ly
va lue : type-stor ed-in-pro pe rty: rea dO n ly
v a l u e A t T i m e ( f l o a t a t T i m e , b o o l p r e E x p r e s si o n ) r e tu r n s ty p e - s tor e d - in - p r o pe r ty
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = ==
Proper tyGrou p o b ject
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
d u p l i ca te () r e t ur n s Proper tyGrou p
189
190

= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == =
PropertyType enum
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
PropertyType.INDEXED_GROUP
P r o p e r t y T y p e . N A ME D _ GR OU P
P r o p e r ty T y p e .P R O P E R T Y
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = =
PropertyValueType enum
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
PropertyValueType.COLOR
P r o p e r t y V a l u e T y p e . C U S T O M_ V A L U E
PropertyValueType.LAYER_INDEX
PropertyValueType.MARKER
PropertyValueType.MASK_INDEX
PropertyValueType.NO_VALUE
PropertyValueType.OneD
Proper tyVa lueType. SH APE
PropertyValueType.TEXT_DOCUMENT
PropertyValueType.ThreeD
PropertyValueType.ThreeD_SPATIAL
PropertyValueType.TwoD
Proper tyVa lueType. Two D_SPA TIAL
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = ==
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e e n u m
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . O F F
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . S S W W W
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . S W W W S
PulldownPhase.SWWWW_24P_ADVANCE
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . W SS W W
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . W SW W W _ 2 4 P _ A D V A N C E
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . W W SS W
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . W W SW W _ 2 4 P _ A D V A N C E
P u l l d o w n Ph a s e . W W W S S
PulldownPhase.WWWSW_24P_ADVANCE
PulldownPhase.WWWWS_24P_ADVANCE
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = ==
PulldownMethod enum
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
P u l l d o w n M e t h o d . A DV A N C E _ 2 4P
PulldownMethod.PULLDOWN_3_2
190
191
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == =
P urg e T ar g et e n um
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
Purge T ar get. ALL_CA CHE S
Purge T ar get. IMA GE _ CACHES
Purge T ar get. SNAPSH O T _CACH E S
P u r g e T ar g e t. UN D O_ C A C H E S
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == =
Re nde rQ ueu e obje ct
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
ite m (int ege r item Inde x) re tu rns RenderQ ue ueIt em
i t e m s : R Q I t e m C o l l e c t io n : r e a d O n l y
p au se R e n d e r i n g ( b o o l e an d o P au se ) n o r e tu r n
re nde r() no ret urn
r e n d e ri n g : b o o l e a n : r e a d O n l y
s h o w W i n d o w ( b o ol e a n d o S h o w ) n o r et u r n
s t o pR e n d e r i n g ( ) n o r e t u r n
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = =
Re nde rQ ueu eIte m obje ct
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
a pp l y T e m p l at e ( st r i n g t em p l at eN a m e) n o ret ur n
c o m p : C om p I t e m : r e a d O n l y
du pl i c a te () r e t ur n s R e n d e r Q ue u e I t em
e l a ps e d S e c o n d s : f l o at : r e ad On l y
l o g T y p e : L o g T y p e : r ea d / w r i t e
n u m O u tp u t M o d u l e s : i n t e g e r : r e a d O n l y
ou tp ut Mod ule( i n te ger o utp ut Mo du le Ind ex ) r etu rns Ou tp ut Mod ule
o u t p u t M o d u l e s : O MC o l l e c t i o n : r e a dO n l y
re nde r : boo l ean : rea d/writ e
s ave As T em p l at e( st ri n g t em p l at eN am e) n o ret urn
s k i pF r a m e s : i n t e g e r : r e a d/ w r i t e
s ta rtT ime : f l oat : re ad Only
s ta tu s : R QIt emSt at us : rea dO n ly
t em p l at es : Arr ay o f st ri n g : read O n l y
t im eS pa n Du rat i o n : f l o at : re ad / w ri te
t im eS pa n S ta rt : fl oa t : rea d/ w ri t e
o n S t a t u s C h a n g e d ( ) n o r et u r n
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = ==
R Q I t e m C o l l e ct i o n o b j e c t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
a d d ( C o m p I t e m c o m p T o A d d ) r et u r n s R e n d e r Q u e u e I t e m
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = ==
R Q I t e m S t a tu s e n u m
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
R Q I t e m S t a tu s. DO N E
R Q I t e m S t a tu s. E R R _ S T O P P E D
R Q I t e m S t a tu s. N E E D S _ O U T P U T
R Q I t e m S t a tu s. QU E U E D
R Q I t e m S t a tu s. RE N D E R I N G
191
192
R Q I t e m S t a tu s. UN Q U E U E D
R Q I t e m S ta tu s. U S E R _ S T O PP E D
R Q I t e m S t a tu s. W I L L _ C O N T I N U E
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == =
S e t ti n g s o b j e c t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
ge tS et ti ng( st ri n g s ecti o nName , s tr i n g s e c t io n K e y ) r e tu r n s st r i n g
h av e S e t t in g (s t r in g s e c t i o n N a m e , s t r in g s e ct i o n K e y ) r e t u r n s b o o le an
s a v e S e t t i n g ( s t r i n g s e c t i o n N a m e , s t r i n g sectionKe y, string ne wV alue ) no r eturn
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == =
S h a pe o b j e ct
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
n e w S h a pe () r e tur n s S h a p e
c l o s e d : b o o le an : r e a d/ w r i t e
i n T a n g e n t s : A r r a y o f floa t[ 2] : re ad /wr i te
ou tTa n gents : Arr ay of floa t[ 2] : r ead /w ri te
ve rtices : A rra y o f floa t[2] : rea d /writ e
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == =
S ol i d So urc e o bj ec t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
c ol or : Arr ay of f lo at : rea d / wr it e
conformFrameRate : float : readOnly
f i e l d S e pa ra t i o n T y p e : F i e l d S e p a r a ti o n T y p e : r e a dO n l y
h igh Qu alityFieldSepara tion : boolea n : re adOn ly
loo p : int ege r : re adOn ly
r e m o v e Pu l ld o w n : P u l l d o w n P h a s e : r e a dO n l y
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == =
S y st e m o b j e c t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
c a l l S y s tem (s tr in g cm dL i n e T o E x e c t u te ) r et u r n s o u t p u tO f C om m a n d A sS t r i n g
machineName : string : readOnly
o s N a m e : s t r in g : r e a d O n l y
osVe rsio n : string : rea dO n ly
userName : string : readOnly
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == =
T e xt D o c u m e n t o b j e c t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
n e w T e xt D o c u m e n t ( s t r i n g t e x t ) r e t u r n s T e x t D o c u m e n t
t ext : st ring : re ad/write
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == =
Timeco de BaseT ype e n um
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
192
193
T i m e c o d e B a s e T y p e . AU T O
TimecodeBaseType.FPS100
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = ==
T i m e c o d e D i s p l a yT yp e e n u m
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
T i m e c o de D i s pl a yT yp e . F E E T _ A N D _ F R A M E S
T i m e c o d e D i s p l a yT yp e . F R A M E S
T i m e c o d e D i s p l a yT yp e . T I M E C OD E
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == =
T i m e c o d e F il m T yp e e n u m
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
T i m e c o d e F il m T y p e . M M 1 6
T i m e c o d e F il m T y p e . M M 3 5
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == =
TrackM atte Type enum
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
TrackM atte Type .ALPHA
TrackM atte Type .ALPHA _INVER TED
TrackM atte Type .LUM A
TrackM atte Type .LUM A_INV E RTED
TrackMatteType.NO_TRACK_MATTE
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == =
A u t o O r i e n tT y p e e n u m
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
A u t o O ri e n tT y p e . A L O N G _ P A T H
A u t o O r i e n tT y p e . C A ME R A _ O R _ PO I N T _ O F _ I N T E R E S T
A u t o O r i e n tT y p e . N O _ A U T O _ O R I E N T
= == == == = == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == == = == == == = == =
Fra m eB lendin gType enum
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
F r a m e B l e n d in g T y pe . F R A M E _ M I X
F r a m e B l e n d in g T y pe . N O _ F R A M E _ B L E N D
F r a m e B l e n d in g T y pe . P I X E L _ M O T I O N
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
193

Adobe After Effects CS3 Professional - Scripting Guide

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Adobe After Effects CS3 Professional - Scripting Guide

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

SCRIPTING GUIDE

© Copyright 2007 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved.

If you are new to scripting

About this guide

The ExtendScript JSX format

Activating full scripting features

Accessing and writing scripts

The Scripts menu and Scripts folder

Shutdown and Startup folders

The Window menu and ScriptUI Panels folder

Sending a script to After Effects from the system

How to include After Effects scripting in a command line (Windows)

How to include After Effects scripting in an AppleScript (Mac OS)

t el l ap p l ic a ti on "A dob e Af ter Eff ec t s C S3 "

Testing and troubleshooting

More resources to learn scripting

JavaScript keywords and statement syntax

Table 1 Keywords and Statement Syntax

break Standard JavaScript; exit the currently executing loop.

continue Standard JavaScript; cease execution of the current loop iteration.

case Label used in a s w i tc h statement.

d e f au lt Label used in a s w i tc h statement when a c a s e label is not found.

f al s e Literal representing the boolean false value.

for Standard JavaScript loop construct.

f u n c t io n Used to define a function.

i f / if . . . e l s e Standard JavaScript conditional constructs.

new Standard JavaScript constructor statement.

re tu rn Standard JavaScript way of returning a value from a function or exiting a function.

t hi s Standard JavaScript method of indicating the current object.

t rue Literal representing the boolean true value.

va r Standard JavaScript syntax used to declare a local variable.

w i th Standard JavaScript construct used to specify an object to use in subsequent statements.

Table 2 Description of Operators

new Allocate object.

delete Deallocate object.

t y pe o f Returns data type.

vo id Returns undefined value.

– Unary negation or subtraction.

<< Bitwise left shift.

>> Bitwise right shift.

> >> Unsigned bitwise right shift.

< Less than.

<= Less than or equal.

> Greater than.

>= Greater than or equal.

& Bitwise AND.

&& Logical AND.

+= Assignment with add operation.

–= Assignment with subtract operation.

*= Assignment with multiply operation.

/= Assignment with divide operation.

%= Assignment with modulo division operation.

< <= Assignment with bitwise left shift operation.

> >= Assignment with bitwise right shift operation.

> >> = Assignment with unsigned bitwise right shift operation.

&= Assignment with bitwise AND operation.

^= Assignment with bitwise XOR operation.

|= Assignment with bitwise OR operation.

Table 3 Operator Precedence

ne w, de le te , – (u n ar y n eg at i o n ) , !, t y p eo f , voi d , + +, – – right to left

Operators (highest precedence to lowest) Associativity

+ , – ( su b tra c ti on) left to right

< <, >> , > >> left to right

SETTINGS PROJECT ITEMS MAYBEANYOFTHEFOLLOWINGTYPESOFITEM